1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
68 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
69 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
73 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
74 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
75 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 arg "command-execute"
307 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
436 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
437 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
460 that will be created when using the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
482 \begin_inset Note Note
485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
494 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
495 More about TeX Code is described in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
506 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
513 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
527 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 \begin_layout Chapter
539 \begin_layout Section
540 Basic File Operations
544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
553 \begin_layout Standard
558 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
559 in addition to some more advanced operations:
562 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_inset Graphics
567 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
575 \begin_layout Itemize
593 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_inset Graphics
600 filename ../images/file-open.png
601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_inset Graphics
682 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
761 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
764 \begin_layout Standard
785 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
790 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
815 will reload the document from disk.
816 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
817 and want to restore it to the last save.
826 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
827 can identify them as your changes.
830 \begin_layout Section
831 Basic Editing Features
835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
844 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
853 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
854 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
855 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
857 We'll start with cut and paste.
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 As you might expect, the
865 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
866 various other editing features.
867 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
871 \begin_layout Itemize
877 \begin_inset Graphics
878 filename ../images/cut.png
879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
886 \begin_layout Itemize
892 \begin_inset Graphics
893 filename ../images/copy.png
894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
901 \begin_layout Itemize
907 \begin_inset Graphics
908 filename ../images/paste.png
909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
916 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_inset Graphics
951 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 The first three are self-explanatory.
962 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
963 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
972 keys also functions as the
977 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
978 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
983 to get back the lost text.
986 \begin_layout Standard
990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
996 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1005 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1016 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1033 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1037 \begin_inset space ~
1042 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1043 will start a new paragraph.
1046 \begin_layout Standard
1050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1074 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1092 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1097 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 button to skip the current word.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1127 \begin_inset space ~
1132 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1134 If the toggle is set, searching for
1135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 will not match the word
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1161 Match whole words only
1163 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_layout Standard
1195 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1196 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1198 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1203 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1210 \begin_layout Section
1215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1234 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1243 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1249 or the toolbar button
1250 \begin_inset Graphics
1251 filename ../images/undo.png
1252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1256 to undo some mistake.
1257 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1262 or the toolbar button
1263 \begin_inset Graphics
1264 filename ../images/redo.png
1265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1277 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1285 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1294 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1295 This is a consequence of the 100
1296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1299 step undo limit, above.
1302 \begin_layout Standard
1311 work on almost everything in LyX.
1312 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1316 \begin_layout Section
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1330 \begin_layout Standard
1331 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1334 \begin_layout Enumerate
1339 \begin_layout Itemize
1344 once anywhere in the edit window.
1345 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1349 \begin_layout Enumerate
1354 \begin_layout Itemize
1360 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1366 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1370 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1385 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1386 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1387 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1391 \begin_layout Enumerate
1396 \begin_layout Standard
1401 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1406 \begin_layout Section
1408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1410 name "sec:Navigating"
1418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1427 \begin_layout Standard
1428 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1431 \begin_layout Itemize
1436 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1437 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1440 \begin_layout Itemize
1443 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1446 or the toolbar button
1447 \begin_inset Graphics
1448 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1449 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1456 \begin_layout Standard
1457 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1458 (TOC) that is described in section
1459 \begin_inset space ~
1463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1465 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1470 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1471 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1472 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1473 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1474 to the document, see section
1475 \begin_inset space ~
1479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1481 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1490 option sorts the current list, and the
1494 option keeps it in the current view state.
1495 Keeping means that when you have e.
1496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1500 \begin_inset space \space{}
1503 the subsections of section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1507 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1511 3, the subsections of section
1512 \begin_inset space ~
1515 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1520 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1521 \begin_inset space ~
1527 \begin_layout Standard
1529 \begin_inset space \space{}
1533 \begin_inset Graphics
1534 filename ../images/down.png
1535 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1540 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1545 \begin_inset space \space{}
1549 \begin_inset Graphics
1550 filename ../images/up.png
1551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1556 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1560 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1562 So you can for example move section
1563 \begin_inset space ~
1567 \begin_inset space ~
1571 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1573 \begin_inset Graphics
1574 filename ../images/promote.png
1575 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1580 \begin_inset Graphics
1581 filename ../images/demote.png
1582 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1586 or the corresponding key bindings
1594 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1595 So you can for example make section
1596 \begin_inset space ~
1600 \begin_inset space ~
1604 \begin_inset space ~
1610 \begin_layout Section
1612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1616 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1622 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1671 \begin_layout Standard
1672 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1674 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1675 is used to propose completions.
1678 \begin_layout Standard
1679 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1680 there are completions available.
1681 You can then press the
1685 key to use this completion.
1686 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1687 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1688 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1695 \begin_layout Standard
1696 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1698 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1701 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1703 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1706 by deselecting the option
1713 Automatic inline completion
1715 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1716 To accept this proposal, use the
1725 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1726 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1728 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1734 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1741 \begin_layout Section
1746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1819 \begin_layout Standard
1820 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1821 LyX's default is CUA.
1824 \begin_layout Standard
1828 \begin_inset space ~
1836 \begin_inset space ~
1857 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1861 \begin_layout Labeling
1862 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1866 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1867 LatexCommand nomenclature
1869 description "Tabulator key"
1875 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1876 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1877 \begin_inset space ~
1881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1883 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1890 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1894 , especially section
1895 \begin_inset space ~
1899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1901 reference "sub:Lists"
1907 If you're still confused, look in the
1914 \begin_layout Labeling
1915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1919 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1920 LatexCommand nomenclature
1922 description "Escape key"
1929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1936 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1937 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1940 \begin_layout Labeling
1941 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1947 \begin_inset space ~
1951 \begin_inset space ~
1958 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1959 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1963 \begin_layout Standard
1964 There are three modifier keys:
1967 \begin_layout Labeling
1968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1986 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1987 LatexCommand nomenclature
1989 description "Control key"
1993 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1994 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1998 \begin_layout Itemize
2007 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2010 \begin_layout Itemize
2019 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2022 \begin_layout Itemize
2031 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2035 \begin_layout Labeling
2036 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2054 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2055 LatexCommand nomenclature
2057 description "Shift key"
2061 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2062 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2065 \begin_layout Labeling
2066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2084 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2085 LatexCommand nomenclature
2087 description "Alt or Meta key"
2091 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2092 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2093 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2099 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2101 menu accelerator keys
2104 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2105 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2109 \begin_layout Standard
2110 For example, the sequence
2111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2117 \begin_inset space ~
2121 \begin_inset space ~
2127 \begin_inset space ~
2135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2158 \begin_inset space ~
2164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2174 \begin_layout Standard
2175 There are also other things bound to the
2179 key, but you'll have to check in the
2191 \begin_layout Standard
2192 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2193 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2194 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2195 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2196 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2197 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2198 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2199 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2215 followed by a capital
2222 \begin_layout Standard
2223 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2225 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2230 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2233 as explained in sec.
2234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2240 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2245 \begin_inset Formula \[
2253 \begin_layout Chapter
2258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2267 \begin_layout Section
2272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2281 \begin_layout Subsection
2285 \begin_layout Standard
2286 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2287 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2288 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2289 numbering schemes, and so on.
2290 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2291 and format the title of your document differently.
2294 \begin_layout Standard
2299 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2300 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2301 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2302 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2303 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2306 \begin_layout Standard
2307 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2308 how to adjust their properties.
2311 \begin_layout Subsection
2316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2325 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2332 \begin_layout Standard
2333 You can select a class using the
2335 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2349 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2353 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2357 \begin_layout Standard
2358 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2362 \begin_layout Description
2363 Article for basic articles
2366 \begin_layout Description
2367 Report for basic reports
2370 \begin_layout Description
2371 Book for writing a book
2374 \begin_layout Description
2375 Letter for US-style letters
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2381 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2382 can be found in chapter
2384 Special Document Classes
2393 \begin_layout Description
2394 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2397 \begin_layout Description
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2413 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2417 \begin_layout Description
2418 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2419 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2420 There are three article layouts available.
2421 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2422 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2423 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2424 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2429 sequential numbering
2430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2433 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2434 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2435 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2436 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2439 \begin_layout Description
2440 Beamer Layout for presentations
2443 \begin_layout Description
2444 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2445 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2449 \begin_layout Description
2451 \begin_inset space ~
2454 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2457 \begin_layout Description
2458 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2461 \begin_layout Description
2464 Die TeXnische Komödie
2466 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2469 \begin_layout Description
2470 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2473 \begin_layout Description
2474 Foils Used to make transparencies
2477 \begin_layout Description
2478 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2483 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2487 \begin_layout Description
2488 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2489 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2492 \begin_layout Description
2493 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2496 \begin_layout Description
2497 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2502 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2509 \begin_layout Description
2514 LaTeX document class
2517 \begin_layout Description
2518 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2521 \begin_layout Description
2526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2533 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2534 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2536 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2539 \begin_layout Description
2540 Slides Used to make transparencies
2543 \begin_layout Description
2545 \begin_inset space ~
2548 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2549 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2552 \begin_layout Description
2553 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2556 \begin_layout Description
2561 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2564 \begin_layout Standard
2565 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2567 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2572 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2573 of the document classes.
2576 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2597 \begin_layout Standard
2598 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2599 in the chosen document class.
2600 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2602 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2603 the corresponding module in the
2609 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2623 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2627 \begin_layout Standard
2628 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2636 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2637 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2645 \begin_layout Standard
2646 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2654 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2662 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2666 \begin_layout Standard
2667 Each class has a default set of options.
2668 Here's a quick table describing them:
2671 \begin_layout Standard
2672 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2678 \begin_layout Standard
2680 \begin_inset Tabular
2681 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2687 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Standard
3142 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3148 \begin_layout Standard
3149 You're probably also wondering what
3150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3154 \begin_inset space ~
3158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3162 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3163 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3168 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3173 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3183 headings, there are also
3191 headings, and so on.
3192 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3193 \begin_inset space ~
3197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3199 reference "sub:Headings"
3206 \begin_layout Subsection
3208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3210 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3239 \begin_layout Standard
3240 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3242 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3253 \begin_inset space ~
3258 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3260 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3261 to use for your document.
3262 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3266 \begin_layout Standard
3273 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3279 \begin_inset space ~
3284 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3285 You can choose between the following five options:
3288 \begin_layout Labeling
3289 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3294 Use default page style of current class.
3297 \begin_layout Labeling
3298 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3303 No page numbers or headings.
3306 \begin_layout Labeling
3307 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3315 \begin_layout Labeling
3316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3321 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3322 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3323 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3326 \begin_layout Labeling
3327 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3332 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3342 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3348 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3349 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3351 Check the documentation for the
3355 package for more details,
3356 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3365 \begin_layout Standard
3370 of paragraphs is described in section
3371 \begin_inset space ~
3375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3377 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3384 \begin_layout Subsection
3385 Paper Size and Orientation
3389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3390 Document ! Paper size
3396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3398 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3405 \begin_layout Standard
3406 You'll find the following options in the menu
3409 \begin_inset space ~
3414 of the dialog of the
3416 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 \begin_layout Labeling
3435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3439 \begin_inset space ~
3444 What size paper to print on.
3448 \begin_layout Itemize
3454 \begin_layout Itemize
3464 \begin_layout Itemize
3470 \begin_layout Itemize
3476 \begin_layout Itemize
3482 \begin_layout Itemize
3488 \begin_layout Itemize
3494 \begin_layout Labeling
3495 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3500 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3511 \begin_layout Labeling
3512 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3516 \begin_inset space ~
3521 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3522 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3525 \begin_layout Subsection
3527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3556 \begin_layout Standard
3557 Paper margins are set in the menu
3559 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3575 \begin_layout Standard
3576 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3577 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3578 the paper format and the font size into account.
3581 \begin_layout Subsection
3585 \begin_layout Standard
3586 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3591 That includes the paragraph environments.
3592 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3593 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3594 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3595 paragraph environments to
3599 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3600 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3601 the conversion and why it failed.
3604 \begin_layout Section
3605 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3610 Paragraph ! Indentation
3618 \begin_layout Subsection
3620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3622 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3629 \begin_layout Standard
3630 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3631 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3634 \begin_layout Standard
3635 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3636 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3637 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3638 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3642 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3648 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3649 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3650 language than English.
3651 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3654 \begin_layout Standard
3655 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3656 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3658 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3659 LyX takes care of that.
3660 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3662 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3663 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3664 of a page, and so on.
3668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3669 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3674 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3675 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3679 of these pre-coded spacings.
3680 We'll explain more later.
3683 \begin_layout Subsection
3684 Paragraph Separation
3688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3689 Paragraph ! Separation
3697 \begin_layout Standard
3698 To separate paragraphs, select
3709 \begin_inset space ~
3716 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3729 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3730 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3731 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3734 \begin_layout Standard
3744 \begin_layout Standard
3745 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3746 \begin_inset space ~
3750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3752 reference "cap:Units"
3757 The default length is 30
3758 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3764 \begin_layout Subsection
3768 \begin_layout Standard
3769 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3772 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3774 \begin_inset space ~
3779 dialog and toggle the
3782 \begin_inset space ~
3787 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3788 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3789 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3793 \begin_layout Standard
3794 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3795 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3798 \begin_layout Subsection
3803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3804 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3812 \begin_layout Standard
3815 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3831 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3834 \begin_inset space ~
3843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3844 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3853 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3858 installed to use this feature.
3866 \begin_layout Section
3867 Paragraph Environments
3868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3870 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3879 Paragraph ! Environments
3888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3889 Paragraph environments|(
3897 \begin_layout Subsection
3901 \begin_layout Standard
3902 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3905 \begin_layout Standard
3924 \begin_inset Newline newline
3927 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3928 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3929 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3938 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3941 \begin_layout Standard
3942 A paragraph environment is simply a
3943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3950 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3951 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3952 scheme, labels, and so on.
3953 Additionally, you can
3954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3961 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3962 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3963 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3964 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3965 days of typewriters.
3966 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3968 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3971 \begin_layout Standard
3972 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3973 \begin_inset Graphics
3974 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3980 at the left end of the toolbar.
3981 LyX will change the environment of the
3985 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3986 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3987 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3991 \begin_layout Standard
4000 create a new paragraph using the
4004 paragraph environment.
4006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4013 because if you are in one of these environments:
4016 \begin_layout Itemize
4022 \begin_layout Itemize
4028 \begin_layout Itemize
4034 \begin_layout Itemize
4040 \begin_layout Itemize
4046 \begin_layout Itemize
4052 \begin_layout Itemize
4058 \begin_layout Standard
4059 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4063 , rather than resetting it to
4068 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4069 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4070 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4071 \begin_inset space ~
4075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4077 reference "sec:Nesting"
4082 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4087 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4088 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4092 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4098 \begin_layout Subsection
4102 \begin_layout Standard
4103 The default paragraph environment is
4108 It creates a plain paragraph.
4109 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4110 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4111 this manual) are in the
4118 \begin_layout Standard
4119 You can nest a paragraph using the
4123 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4131 \begin_layout Subsection
4136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4145 \begin_layout Standard
4146 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4155 for thanks or contact information.
4156 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4157 page along with today's date.
4158 For other types of documents, the title
4159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4166 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4170 \begin_layout Standard
4171 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4185 Here's how you use them:
4188 \begin_layout Itemize
4189 Put the title of your document in the
4196 \begin_layout Itemize
4197 Put the author name in the
4204 \begin_layout Itemize
4205 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4206 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4212 Note that using this environment is optional.
4213 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4214 If you don't want any date, add the line
4215 \begin_inset Newline newline
4225 \begin_inset Newline newline
4228 to the preamble of your document (menu
4230 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4236 \begin_layout Standard
4237 You can use footnotes to insert
4238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4245 or contact informations.
4248 \begin_layout Subsection
4253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4260 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4269 \begin_layout Standard
4270 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4271 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4274 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4280 Section headings ! Numbered
4288 \begin_layout Standard
4289 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4293 \begin_layout Enumerate
4299 \begin_layout Enumerate
4305 \begin_layout Enumerate
4311 \begin_layout Enumerate
4317 \begin_layout Enumerate
4323 \begin_layout Enumerate
4329 \begin_layout Enumerate
4335 \begin_layout Standard
4336 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4337 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4338 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4341 \begin_layout Standard
4342 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4343 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4344 You group the book into chapters.
4345 LyX does similar grouping:
4348 \begin_layout Itemize
4353 is divided in either
4364 \begin_layout Itemize
4376 \begin_layout Itemize
4388 \begin_layout Itemize
4400 \begin_layout Itemize
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4424 \begin_layout Standard
4425 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4433 Not all document types use the
4437 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4442 is the top-level heading.
4450 \begin_layout Standard
4455 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4456 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4458 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4470 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4476 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4484 \begin_layout Standard
4485 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4489 \begin_layout Enumerate
4495 \begin_layout Enumerate
4501 \begin_layout Enumerate
4507 \begin_layout Enumerate
4513 \begin_layout Enumerate
4519 \begin_layout Standard
4521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4528 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4529 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4530 table of contents, see section
4531 \begin_inset space ~
4535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4545 Changing the Numbering
4546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4548 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4555 \begin_layout Standard
4556 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4557 in the Table of Contents.
4558 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4560 Certain classes start with
4574 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4584 This is something you can change.
4587 \begin_layout Standard
4590 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4610 \begin_inset space ~
4614 \begin_inset space ~
4619 you'll see two counters.
4624 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4626 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4630 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4631 Short Titles of Headings
4635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4636 Section headings ! Short titles
4645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4654 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4661 \begin_layout Standard
4662 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4663 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4664 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4665 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4668 \begin_layout Standard
4669 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4670 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4671 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4672 To specify a short title, use the menu
4674 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4676 \begin_inset space ~
4682 This will insert a box labeled
4683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4698 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4699 This also works for captions inside floats.
4702 \begin_layout Standard
4703 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4706 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4710 \begin_layout Standard
4711 The following information applies to all section headings:
4714 \begin_layout Itemize
4715 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4718 \begin_layout Itemize
4719 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4722 \begin_layout Itemize
4723 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4726 \begin_layout Itemize
4727 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4730 \begin_layout Subsection
4731 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4734 \begin_layout Standard
4735 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4749 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4750 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4751 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4752 the text they contain.
4753 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4761 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4764 \begin_layout Standard
4765 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4774 when you start a new paragraph.
4775 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4779 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4780 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4781 to change back to the
4785 environment yourself.
4788 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4817 \begin_layout Standard
4818 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4819 time for the differences.
4828 are identical except for one difference:
4832 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4841 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4844 \begin_layout Standard
4845 Here's an example of the
4858 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4860 See -- no indentation!
4864 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4865 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4866 the other paragraph.
4869 \begin_layout Standard
4870 Here's another example, this time in the
4877 \begin_layout Quotation
4883 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4884 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4885 the first line, then
4889 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4893 you were quoting other text.
4896 \begin_layout Quotation
4897 Here's a new paragraph.
4898 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4899 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4902 \begin_layout Standard
4903 As the examples show,
4907 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4908 They should put quotes in the
4913 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4917 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4920 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4957 \begin_layout Standard
4962 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4968 \begin_inset Newline newline
4971 Which I did not rehearse!
4975 It could be much worse.
4976 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4978 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4979 indented a bit more than the first.
4980 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4986 \begin_inset Newline newline
4989 And make things look fine
4990 \begin_inset Newline newline
4996 arg "newline-insert newline"
5002 \begin_layout Standard
5007 does not indent both margins.
5008 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5009 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5016 arg "newline-insert newline"
5022 \begin_layout Subsection
5027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5043 \begin_layout Standard
5044 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5054 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5063 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5064 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5065 some general features of all four of them.
5068 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5072 \begin_layout Standard
5073 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5075 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5084 reset the environment to
5088 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5089 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5090 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5094 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5097 to break paragraphs.
5100 \begin_layout Standard
5101 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5102 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5104 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5105 you read all of section
5106 \begin_inset space ~
5110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5112 reference "sec:Nesting"
5120 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5145 \begin_layout Standard
5146 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5150 paragraph environment.
5151 It has the following properties:
5154 \begin_layout Itemize
5155 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5159 \begin_layout Itemize
5160 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5163 \begin_layout Itemize
5164 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5168 \begin_layout Itemize
5169 The items can have any length.
5170 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5171 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5178 \begin_layout Itemize
5183 environment inside another
5187 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5191 \begin_layout Itemize
5192 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5195 \begin_layout Itemize
5196 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5199 \begin_layout Itemize
5201 \begin_inset space ~
5205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5207 reference "sec:Nesting"
5211 for a full explanation of nesting.
5215 \begin_layout Standard
5216 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5225 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5228 \begin_layout Standard
5229 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5230 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5231 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5234 \begin_layout Itemize
5235 The label for the first level
5239 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5243 \begin_layout Itemize
5244 The label for the second level is a dash.
5248 \begin_layout Itemize
5249 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5253 \begin_layout Itemize
5254 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5258 \begin_layout Itemize
5259 Back out to the third level.
5263 \begin_layout Itemize
5264 Back to the second level.
5268 \begin_layout Itemize
5269 Back to the outermost level.
5272 \begin_layout Standard
5273 These are the default labels for an
5278 You can customize these labels in the
5280 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5283 dialog in the submenu
5293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5302 \begin_layout Standard
5303 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5304 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5306 \begin_inset space ~
5310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5312 reference "sec:Nesting"
5319 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5335 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5337 name "sec:Enumerate"
5344 \begin_layout Standard
5349 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5350 It has these properties:
5353 \begin_layout Enumerate
5354 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5358 \begin_layout Enumerate
5359 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5363 \begin_layout Enumerate
5364 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5367 \begin_layout Enumerate
5372 environment resets the counter to one.
5375 \begin_layout Enumerate
5388 \begin_layout Enumerate
5389 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5390 Items can have any length.
5393 \begin_layout Enumerate
5394 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5397 \begin_layout Enumerate
5398 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5401 \begin_layout Enumerate
5402 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5406 \begin_layout Standard
5415 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5416 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5423 \begin_layout Enumerate
5424 The first level of an
5428 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5432 \begin_layout Enumerate
5433 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5437 \begin_layout Enumerate
5438 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5442 \begin_layout Enumerate
5443 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5446 \begin_layout Enumerate
5447 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5452 \begin_layout Enumerate
5453 Back to the third level
5457 \begin_layout Enumerate
5458 Back to the second level.
5462 \begin_layout Enumerate
5463 Back to the outermost level.
5466 \begin_layout Standard
5467 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5472 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5477 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5481 \begin_layout Standard
5482 There is more to nesting
5486 environments than we've stated here.
5487 You should read section
5488 \begin_inset space ~
5492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5494 reference "sec:Nesting"
5498 to learn more about nesting.
5501 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5519 \begin_layout Standard
5520 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5524 list has no fixed label.
5525 Instead, LyX uses the first
5526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5533 of the first line as the label.
5537 \begin_layout Description
5538 Example: This is an example of the
5545 \begin_layout Standard
5546 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5550 \begin_layout Standard
5552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5559 it is meant that the first hit of the
5563 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5565 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5573 arg "space-insert protected"
5578 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5579 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5581 \begin_inset space ~
5587 \begin_inset space ~
5591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5593 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5597 for more info.) Here is an example:
5600 \begin_layout Description
5602 \begin_inset space ~
5605 Example: This one shows how to use a
5608 \begin_inset space ~
5620 \begin_layout Description
5621 Usage: You should use the
5625 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5626 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5628 It's not a good idea to use a
5632 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5633 You're better off using
5645 paragraphs into them.
5648 \begin_layout Description
5649 Nesting: You can nest
5653 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5657 \begin_layout Standard
5658 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5659 them from the first line.
5662 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5680 \begin_layout Standard
5685 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5689 \begin_layout Standard
5698 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5699 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5702 \begin_layout Labeling
5703 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5705 \begin_inset space ~
5708 labels LyX uses the first
5709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5716 of each line as the item label.
5721 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5722 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5723 blank as described above.
5726 \begin_layout Labeling
5727 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5728 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5729 the body of the item text.
5730 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5731 label width plus a little extra space.
5735 \begin_layout Labeling
5736 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5738 \begin_inset space ~
5741 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5743 If the label width is larger, the label
5744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5751 into the first line.
5752 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5753 margin of the rest of the item text.
5756 \begin_layout Labeling
5757 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5759 \begin_inset space ~
5762 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5767 environment have the same left margin.
5768 \begin_inset Newline newline
5771 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5774 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5776 \begin_inset space ~
5785 \begin_inset space ~
5790 determines the default label width.
5791 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5800 multiple times instead.
5801 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5810 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5813 \begin_inset space ~
5818 every time you alter a label in a
5823 \begin_inset Newline newline
5826 The predefined default width is the length of
5827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5836 \begin_inset Newline newline
5840 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5848 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5849 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5857 \begin_layout Standard
5862 environment the same way like the
5866 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5872 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5876 \begin_layout Standard
5881 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5883 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5885 \begin_inset space ~
5889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5891 reference "sec:Nesting"
5895 to learn about nesting.
5898 \begin_layout Standard
5899 There is yet another feature of the
5903 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5905 You can use additional
5909 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5914 are documented in section
5915 \begin_inset space ~
5919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5921 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5926 Here are some examples:
5929 \begin_layout Labeling
5930 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5931 Left The default for
5938 \begin_layout Labeling
5939 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5940 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5947 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5950 \begin_layout Labeling
5951 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5952 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5956 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5963 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5966 \begin_layout Subsection
5971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5980 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5988 \begin_inset space ~
5996 \begin_layout Standard
5997 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6005 \begin_inset space ~
6011 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6012 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6013 In contrast, you can use the
6020 \begin_inset space ~
6025 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6026 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6030 \begin_layout Standard
6031 Of course, you're not limited to using
6038 \begin_inset space ~
6047 \begin_inset space ~
6052 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6053 some European academic papers.
6056 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6058 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6060 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6067 \begin_layout Standard
6072 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6073 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6077 \begin_inset space ~
6082 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6083 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6084 Here's an example of each:
6087 \begin_layout Right Address
6089 \begin_inset Newline newline
6093 \begin_inset Newline newline
6097 \begin_inset Newline newline
6100 When is it? What is today?
6103 \begin_layout Standard
6107 \begin_inset space ~
6113 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6114 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6115 Here's an example of the
6122 \begin_layout Address
6124 \begin_inset Newline newline
6127 Where do I send this
6128 \begin_inset Newline newline
6131 Your post office and country
6134 \begin_layout Standard
6135 As you can see, both
6142 \begin_inset space ~
6147 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6152 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6158 This makes sense, since
6166 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6167 Thus, you have to use
6174 arg "newline-insert newline"
6180 \begin_inset space ~
6183 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6185 \begin_inset space ~
6194 menu) to start a new line in an
6201 \begin_inset space ~
6209 \begin_layout Subsection
6213 \begin_layout Standard
6214 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6215 or list of references.
6216 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6219 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6235 \begin_layout Standard
6240 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6241 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6242 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6243 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6247 in anything else or vice versa.
6253 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6254 The book document classes ignores the
6258 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6262 in a letter document class.
6265 \begin_layout Standard
6270 environment does several things for you.
6271 First, it puts the centered label
6272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6280 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6282 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6283 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6284 the subsequent text.
6285 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6286 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6289 \begin_layout Standard
6290 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6294 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6295 The new paragraph will still be in the
6300 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6301 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6304 \begin_layout Standard
6305 \begin_inset Float figure
6310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6312 \begin_inset Graphics
6313 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6322 \begin_inset Caption
6324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6327 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6348 \begin_layout Standard
6349 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6353 environment, but since this document is in the
6354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6361 class, we can't do this.
6362 We inserted it therefore as figure
6363 \begin_inset space ~
6367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6369 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6374 If you've never heard of an
6375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6382 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6385 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6403 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6410 \begin_layout Standard
6415 environment is used to list references.
6416 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6417 only use it at the end of the document.
6422 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6425 \begin_layout Standard
6426 When you first open a
6430 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6446 depending on the document class.
6447 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6448 Each paragraph of the
6452 environment is a bibliography entry.
6457 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6458 Each new paragraph is still in the
6465 \begin_layout Standard
6466 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6467 by using a BibTeX database.
6468 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6469 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6470 \begin_inset space ~
6474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6476 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6483 \begin_layout Subsection
6490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6491 Paragraph ! LyX code
6497 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6506 \begin_layout Standard
6511 environment is another LyX extension.
6512 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6517 key as a fixed whitespace;
6521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6533 \begin_inset space ~
6538 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6543 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6544 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6547 arg "newline-insert newline"
6564 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6565 So, when you finish using the
6569 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6570 Also, you can nest the
6574 environment inside of others.
6577 \begin_layout Standard
6578 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6581 \begin_layout Itemize
6585 arg "newline-insert newline"
6588 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6593 \begin_inset space ~
6603 arg "newline-insert newline"
6609 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 arg "newline-insert newline"
6624 \begin_layout Itemize
6629 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6636 \begin_layout Itemize
6640 arg "space-insert protected"
6647 \begin_layout Itemize
6648 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6649 You must put at least one
6653 in any line you want blank.
6654 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6657 \begin_layout Itemize
6658 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6662 since that will insert
6667 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6670 arg "self-insert \""
6676 \begin_layout Standard
6680 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6684 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6688 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6692 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6696 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6697 printf("Hello World!
6702 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6706 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6710 \begin_layout Standard
6711 This is just the standard
6712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6723 \begin_layout Standard
6728 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6729 rc-files, and so on.
6730 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6731 as if you used a typewriter.
6735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6736 Paragraph environments|)
6744 \begin_layout Section
6745 Nesting Environments
6749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6750 Nesting ! Environments
6756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6765 \begin_layout Subsection
6769 \begin_layout Standard
6770 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6772 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6774 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6776 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6788 \begin_layout Enumerate
6792 \begin_layout Enumerate
6797 \begin_layout Enumerate
6801 \begin_layout Enumerate
6806 \begin_layout Enumerate
6810 \begin_layout Standard
6811 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6812 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6815 \begin_inset space ~
6819 \begin_inset space ~
6827 \begin_inset space ~
6831 \begin_inset space ~
6840 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6841 will tell you how far you are nested).
6842 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6843 \begin_inset Graphics
6844 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6849 \begin_inset Graphics
6850 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6854 or the convenient key bindings
6865 arg "depth-increment"
6871 arg "depth-decrement"
6874 to change the nesting level.
6875 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6876 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6880 \begin_layout Standard
6881 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6882 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6883 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6884 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6887 \begin_layout Standard
6888 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6889 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6891 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6894 \begin_layout Subsection
6895 What You Can and Can't Nest
6898 \begin_layout Standard
6899 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6900 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6903 \begin_layout Standard
6904 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6905 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6906 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6909 \begin_layout Itemize
6910 Completely unnestable
6913 \begin_layout Itemize
6914 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6915 other things inside of them.
6918 \begin_layout Itemize
6919 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6923 \begin_layout Standard
6924 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6925 environments have them:
6928 \begin_layout Description
6929 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6930 Can't nest into them.
6934 \begin_layout Itemize
6940 \begin_layout Itemize
6946 \begin_layout Itemize
6952 \begin_layout Itemize
6958 \begin_layout Itemize
6965 \begin_layout Description
6967 \begin_inset space ~
6970 Nestable You can nest them.
6971 You can nest other things into them.
6975 \begin_layout Itemize
6981 \begin_layout Itemize
6987 \begin_layout Itemize
6993 \begin_layout Itemize
6999 \begin_layout Itemize
7005 \begin_layout Itemize
7011 \begin_layout Itemize
7017 \begin_layout Itemize
7024 \begin_layout Description
7025 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
7026 You can't nest anything into them.
7030 \begin_layout Itemize
7036 \begin_layout Itemize
7042 \begin_layout Itemize
7048 \begin_layout Itemize
7054 \begin_layout Itemize
7060 \begin_layout Itemize
7066 \begin_layout Itemize
7072 \begin_layout Itemize
7078 \begin_layout Itemize
7084 \begin_layout Itemize
7090 \begin_layout Itemize
7096 \begin_layout Itemize
7102 \begin_layout Itemize
7108 \begin_layout Itemize
7112 \begin_inset space ~
7118 \begin_layout Itemize
7125 \begin_layout Standard
7126 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7134 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7143 \begin_inset space ~
7147 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7151 \begin_inset space \space{}
7154 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
7155 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
7156 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
7164 \begin_layout Subsection
7165 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7170 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7178 \begin_layout Standard
7179 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7180 affected by nesting anyhow.
7184 \begin_layout Itemize
7188 \begin_layout Itemize
7192 \begin_layout Itemize
7196 \begin_layout Standard
7198 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7206 Figures and tables in
7210 are not affected by this.
7215 Have a look at section
7216 \begin_inset space ~
7220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7222 reference "sec:Floats"
7226 for more informations about
7233 \begin_layout Standard
7234 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7235 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7239 \begin_layout Standard
7240 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7248 of its own, it behaves just like a
7249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7256 paragraph environment.
7257 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7261 \begin_layout Standard
7262 Here's an example with a table:
7265 \begin_layout Enumerate
7270 \begin_layout Enumerate
7271 This is (a) and it's nested.
7275 \begin_layout Standard
7276 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7282 \begin_layout Standard
7284 \begin_inset Tabular
7285 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7287 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7288 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7372 \begin_layout Standard
7373 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7380 \begin_layout Enumerate
7382 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7386 \begin_layout Enumerate
7390 \begin_layout Standard
7391 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7394 \begin_layout Enumerate
7399 \begin_layout Enumerate
7400 This is (a) and it's nested.
7404 \begin_layout Standard
7405 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7413 \begin_inset Tabular
7414 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7416 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7417 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7501 \begin_layout Standard
7502 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7508 \begin_layout Enumerate
7515 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7518 \begin_layout Enumerate
7522 \begin_layout Standard
7523 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7527 \begin_layout Standard
7528 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7530 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7533 \begin_layout Enumerate
7538 \begin_layout Enumerate
7539 This is (a) and it's nested.
7542 \begin_layout Standard
7543 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7549 \begin_layout Standard
7551 \begin_inset Tabular
7552 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7554 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7555 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7639 \begin_layout Standard
7640 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7646 \begin_layout Enumerate
7648 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7656 \begin_layout Enumerate
7660 \begin_layout Standard
7661 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7667 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7668 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7672 \begin_layout Subsection
7673 Usage and General Features
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7686 is the innermost possible depth.
7687 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7690 \begin_layout Enumerate
7691 level #1 - outermost
7695 \begin_layout Enumerate
7700 \begin_layout Enumerate
7705 \begin_layout Enumerate
7710 \begin_layout Itemize
7715 \begin_layout Itemize
7724 \begin_layout Standard
7725 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7726 both of them in the example.
7727 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7737 For example, if we tried to nest another
7742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7752 \begin_layout Subsection
7757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7766 \begin_layout Standard
7767 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7768 We have several examples of nested environments.
7769 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7773 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7774 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7777 \begin_layout Labeling
7778 \labelwidthstring MMM
7779 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7788 \begin_layout Labeling
7789 \labelwidthstring MMM
7790 #2-a This is level #2.
7791 We created it by using
7794 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7800 arg "depth-increment"
7807 \begin_layout Labeling
7808 \labelwidthstring MMM
7809 #3-a This is level #3.
7810 This time, we just hit
7817 arg "depth-increment"
7821 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7825 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7831 arg "depth-increment"
7838 \begin_layout Standard
7843 environment, nested inside of
7844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7852 So, it's at level #4.
7853 We did this by hitting
7856 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7862 arg "depth-increment"
7865 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7870 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7886 \begin_layout Standard
7891 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7894 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7900 \begin_layout Labeling
7901 \labelwidthstring MMM
7902 #4-a This is level #4.
7906 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7909 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7914 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7918 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7923 keep nesting things inside of
7924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7935 \begin_layout Labeling
7936 \labelwidthstring MMM
7937 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7942 \begin_layout Labeling
7943 \labelwidthstring MMM
7944 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7945 and this is level #6.
7946 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7950 \begin_layout Labeling
7951 \labelwidthstring MMM
7952 #5-b Back to level #5.
7956 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7962 arg "depth-decrement"
7969 \begin_layout Labeling
7970 \labelwidthstring MMM
7974 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7980 arg "depth-decrement"
7983 , we're back at level #4.
7987 \begin_layout Labeling
7988 \labelwidthstring MMM
7989 #3-b Back to level #3.
7990 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7994 \begin_layout Labeling
7995 \labelwidthstring MMM
7996 #2-b Back to level #2.
8001 \begin_layout Labeling
8002 \labelwidthstring MMM
8003 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8004 After this sentence, we'll hit
8008 and change the paragraph environment back to
8015 \begin_layout Standard
8016 We could have also used the
8032 environment in place of the
8037 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8040 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8041 Example 2: Inheritance
8044 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8045 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8048 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8057 arg "depth-increment"
8060 , after which, we'll change to the
8068 \begin_layout Enumerate
8073 environment, at level #2.
8076 \begin_layout Enumerate
8077 Notice how the nested
8081 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8085 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8089 \begin_layout Standard
8090 We ended this example by hitting
8095 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8099 and resetting the nesting depth by using
8102 arg "depth-decrement"
8108 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8109 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8122 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8130 \begin_layout Enumerate
8131 This is level #1, in an
8135 paragraph environment.
8136 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8140 \begin_layout Enumerate
8145 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8151 arg "depth-increment"
8155 Now, what happens if we nest an
8159 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8160 label be? An asterisk?
8164 \begin_layout Itemize
8174 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8175 So, its label is a bullet.
8176 (We got here by using
8179 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8185 arg "depth-increment"
8188 , then changing the environment to
8196 \begin_layout Itemize
8197 Here's level #4, produced using
8200 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8206 arg "depth-increment"
8210 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8215 \begin_layout Enumerate
8216 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8218 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8223 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8227 , because we are in the
8236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8255 \begin_layout Enumerate
8260 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8261 type of numbering does LyX use?
8264 \begin_layout Enumerate
8265 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8268 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8271 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8274 \begin_layout Enumerate
8278 arg "depth-decrement"
8281 to decrease the depth after the next
8284 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8291 \begin_layout Enumerate
8293 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8297 \begin_layout Enumerate
8299 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8300 numeral as the label.Why?
8303 \begin_layout Enumerate
8304 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8313 Notice, however, that LyX
8317 reset the counter for the label.
8321 \begin_layout Enumerate
8325 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8331 arg "depth-decrement"
8334 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8335 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8336 into the twofold-nested
8344 \begin_layout Enumerate
8345 The same thing happens if we do another
8348 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8354 arg "depth-decrement"
8357 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8360 \begin_layout Standard
8361 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8366 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8380 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8386 The same rule applies for the
8390 environment, as well.
8393 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8394 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8397 \begin_layout Enumerate
8398 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8399 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8400 same detail with how we did it.
8409 \begin_layout Standard
8417 arg "depth-increment"
8424 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8425 example in parentheses someplace.
8426 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8427 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8428 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8432 \begin_layout Enumerate
8437 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8442 Now we'll add verse.
8443 \begin_inset Newline newline
8446 It will get much worse.
8447 \begin_inset Newline newline
8457 arg "depth-increment"
8468 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8469 \begin_inset Newline newline
8472 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8473 \begin_inset Newline newline
8479 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8492 \begin_layout Standard
8493 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8499 \begin_layout Standard
8501 \begin_inset Tabular
8502 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8504 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8505 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8594 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8604 arg "depth-increment"
8610 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8620 arg "depth-decrement"
8627 \begin_layout Enumerate
8632 : level #1) This is another item.
8633 Note that selecting a
8637 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8638 3 times to put the table inside the
8646 \begin_layout Quotation
8647 We're now ending the
8651 list and changing to
8656 We're still at level #1.
8657 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8658 The next set of paragraphs is a
8659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8673 \begin_inset space ~
8678 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8682 for the letter body.
8686 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8689 to preserve the depth.
8690 Remember that you need to use
8693 arg "newline-insert newline"
8696 to create multiple lines inside the
8703 \begin_inset space ~
8713 \begin_layout Right Address
8715 \begin_inset Newline newline
8718 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8719 \begin_inset Newline newline
8725 \begin_layout Address
8727 \begin_inset space ~
8733 \begin_layout Quotation
8734 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8735 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8738 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8739 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8740 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8741 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8742 as soon as possible.
8743 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8746 \begin_layout Quotation
8747 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8748 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8749 with your order, along with payment.
8752 \begin_layout Quotation
8753 We thank you again for your patience.
8756 \begin_layout Address
8758 \begin_inset Newline newline
8765 \begin_layout Quotation
8766 That ends that example!
8769 \begin_layout Standard
8770 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8771 just a few keystrokes.
8772 We could have easily nested an
8793 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8796 \begin_layout Section
8797 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8810 \begin_layout Standard
8811 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8812 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8813 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8814 be broken at the end of a line.
8815 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8819 \begin_layout Subsection
8821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8823 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8840 \begin_layout Standard
8841 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8843 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8847 Further documentation is given in section
8848 \begin_inset Newline newline
8852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8854 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8862 \begin_layout Standard
8863 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8878 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8887 A protected space is set with
8889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8890 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8894 \begin_inset space ~
8904 arg "space-insert protected"
8910 \begin_layout Subsection
8912 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8914 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8923 Spacing ! Horizontal
8931 \begin_layout Standard
8932 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8934 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8935 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8939 The length units are listed in Appendix
8940 \begin_inset space ~
8944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8946 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8953 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8955 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8957 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8974 \begin_layout Standard
8976 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8980 \begin_inset space \space{}
8983 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8984 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8985 \begin_inset space ~
8989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8991 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8996 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8997 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9000 arg "space-insert normal"
9006 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9010 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9027 \begin_layout Standard
9029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9036 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9045 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9046 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9047 inside abbreviations:
9052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9056 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9059 \begin_layout Standard
9060 or between values and units.
9061 Compare for example this:
9062 \begin_inset Newline newline
9066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9070 \begin_inset Newline newline
9076 \begin_layout Standard
9077 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9079 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9080 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9082 \begin_inset space ~
9090 arg "space-insert thin"
9096 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9100 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9107 \begin_layout Standard
9108 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9111 \begin_layout Description
9113 \begin_inset space ~
9117 \begin_inset space ~
9121 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9125 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9129 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9132 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9135 \begin_layout Description
9137 \begin_inset space ~
9141 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9145 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9149 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9153 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9157 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9160 em) space between the arrows.
9163 \begin_layout Description
9165 \begin_inset space ~
9169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9173 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9177 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9181 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9185 \begin_inset space ~
9189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9192 em) space between the arrows.
9195 \begin_layout Description
9197 \begin_inset space ~
9201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9205 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9209 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9213 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9217 \begin_inset space ~
9221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9224 em) space between the arrows.
9227 \begin_layout Description
9229 \begin_inset space ~
9233 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9237 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9242 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9249 cm space between the arrows.
9252 \begin_layout Standard
9254 \begin_inset space ~
9258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9260 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9264 lists the different space sizes.
9267 \begin_layout Standard
9268 \begin_inset Float table
9273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9275 \begin_inset Caption
9277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9280 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9284 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9294 \begin_inset Tabular
9295 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9297 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9298 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9338 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9386 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9410 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9515 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9533 \begin_layout Standard
9534 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9535 in a uniform fashion.
9536 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9537 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9538 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9539 equally between themselves.
9543 \begin_layout Standard
9544 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9549 This is on the left side
9550 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9553 This is on the right
9559 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9563 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9572 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9576 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9580 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9586 \begin_layout Standard
9587 That was an example in the
9593 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9597 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9601 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9604 is one in a standard paragraph.
9605 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9609 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9612 \begin_layout Standard
9613 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9616 \begin_inset space ~
9621 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9624 \begin_layout Standard
9626 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9630 \begin_inset space ~
9636 \begin_layout Standard
9638 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9642 \begin_inset space ~
9648 \begin_layout Standard
9650 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9654 \begin_inset space ~
9660 \begin_layout Standard
9662 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9666 \begin_inset space ~
9672 \begin_layout Standard
9674 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9678 \begin_inset space ~
9684 \begin_layout Standard
9686 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9690 \begin_inset space ~
9696 \begin_layout Standard
9697 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9705 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9709 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9710 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9711 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9715 option in the space dialog.
9723 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9737 \begin_layout Standard
9738 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9740 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9744 \begin_inset space \space{}
9747 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9750 \begin_layout Standard
9751 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9754 What is correct English?:
9755 \begin_inset Newline newline
9759 \begin_inset Newline newline
9763 \begin_inset space ~
9766 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9767 \begin_inset Newline newline
9774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9785 \begin_inset Newline newline
9792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9803 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9809 \begin_layout Standard
9810 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9815 \begin_inset space ~
9819 \begin_inset space ~
9823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9827 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9839 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9845 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9849 for more information about TeX-Code.
9855 In our case write the command
9862 (note the space after
9863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9870 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9871 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9872 That is why it is named
9873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9885 There exists also the commands
9897 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9898 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9899 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9901 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9913 \begin_layout Subsection
9915 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9917 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9934 \begin_layout Standard
9935 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9937 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9938 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9940 \begin_inset space ~
9946 There you find the following sizes:
9949 \begin_layout Standard
9962 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9967 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9969 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9982 for the paragraph separation.
9983 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9994 \begin_layout Standard
10003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10009 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10010 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10012 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10013 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10022 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10031 s are described in section
10032 \begin_inset space ~
10036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10038 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10047 If there are several
10051 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10052 You can therefore use
10056 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10059 \begin_layout Standard
10064 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10065 \begin_inset space ~
10069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10071 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10078 \begin_layout Standard
10079 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10089 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10090 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10102 \begin_layout Subsection
10103 Paragraph Alignment
10106 \begin_layout Standard
10107 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10109 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10113 There are four possibilities:
10116 \begin_layout Itemize
10122 \begin_layout Itemize
10128 \begin_layout Itemize
10134 \begin_layout Itemize
10140 \begin_layout Standard
10141 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10142 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10143 the left and right margins.
10144 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10147 \begin_layout Standard
10149 This paragraph is right aligned,
10152 \begin_layout Standard
10154 this one is centered,
10157 \begin_layout Standard
10159 this one is left aligned.
10162 \begin_layout Subsection
10167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10168 Page breaks ! Forced
10174 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10176 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10183 \begin_layout Standard
10184 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10185 can force a page break where you want one.
10186 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10187 Only if you use many
10191 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10194 \begin_layout Standard
10195 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
10196 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10200 have to change the page breaking.
10203 \begin_layout Standard
10204 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10206 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10208 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10209 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10211 \begin_inset space ~
10217 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10220 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10222 \begin_inset space ~
10227 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10229 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10230 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10233 \begin_layout Standard
10234 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10235 at the top of a page.
10236 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10237 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10238 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10239 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10243 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10247 to learn more about
10254 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10258 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10267 Page breaks ! Clear
10275 \begin_layout Standard
10276 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
10277 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
10278 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
10279 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
10280 if necessary by adding pages.
10283 \begin_layout Standard
10284 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10286 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10287 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10289 \begin_inset space ~
10295 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10297 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10298 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10300 \begin_inset space ~
10304 \begin_inset space ~
10309 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10310 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10313 \begin_layout Subsection
10318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10327 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10334 \begin_layout Standard
10335 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10337 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10339 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10340 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10342 \begin_inset space ~
10346 \begin_inset space ~
10354 arg "newline-insert newline"
10358 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10361 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10363 \begin_inset space ~
10367 \begin_inset space ~
10372 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10374 This is necessary to avoid
10375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10382 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10385 \begin_layout Standard
10386 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10387 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10388 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10389 set a line break, e.
10390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10394 \begin_inset space \space{}
10397 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10398 \begin_inset space ~
10402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10404 reference "sec:Quote"
10409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10411 reference "sec:Verse"
10416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10418 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10425 \begin_layout Subsection
10427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10429 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10446 \begin_layout Standard
10451 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10452 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10454 \begin_inset space ~
10459 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10465 \begin_layout Section
10466 Characters and Symbols
10469 \begin_layout Standard
10470 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10471 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10476 \begin_inset space \space{}
10479 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10487 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10491 for informations how this is done.
10494 \begin_layout Standard
10495 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10500 dialog via the menu
10502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10503 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10509 \begin_layout Standard
10510 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10518 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10519 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10520 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10528 \begin_layout Section
10529 Fonts and Text Styles
10530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10532 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10539 \begin_layout Subsection
10544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10553 \begin_layout Standard
10554 There are two types of fonts:
10557 \begin_layout Description
10559 \begin_inset space ~
10566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10572 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10573 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10577 characters) in the font.
10578 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10579 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10580 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10581 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10582 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10583 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10584 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10585 provide a good image.
10586 \begin_inset Newline newline
10589 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10590 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10591 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10592 sizes than at small ones.
10593 \begin_inset Newline newline
10607 \begin_inset space ~
10615 \begin_layout Description
10617 \begin_inset space ~
10624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10630 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10631 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10632 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10633 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10634 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10635 picture manipulation program.
10636 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10637 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10638 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10639 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10640 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10642 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10643 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10644 \begin_inset Newline newline
10647 Bitmap fonts are named
10650 \begin_inset space ~
10655 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10658 \begin_layout Standard
10659 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10660 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10661 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10662 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10663 use scalable fonts.
10666 \begin_layout Standard
10667 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10668 its document properties.
10671 \begin_layout Standard
10672 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10673 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10674 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10675 font to emphasize text, you use an
10676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10684 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10685 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10689 \begin_layout Subsection
10690 Document Font and Font size
10691 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10693 name "sub:Document-Font"
10701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10720 \begin_layout Standard
10721 You can set the document fonts in the
10723 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10731 Document ! Settings
10737 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10738 font shapes roman (serif),
10741 \begin_inset space ~
10753 \begin_layout Standard
10754 The possible options for the font include
10758 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10763 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10785 European Computer Modern
10788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10798 \begin_layout Standard
10807 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10808 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10813 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10816 \begin_inset space ~
10821 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10827 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10828 There are three ways to use one:
10831 \begin_layout Itemize
10832 One way is to use the
10842 Virtual means that it
10843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10854 -glyphs from other fonts.
10855 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10877 Loading the LaTeX-package
10885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10886 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10891 with the document preamble line
10892 \begin_inset Newline newline
10899 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10900 \begin_inset Newline newline
10905 will fix the guillemet problem.
10910 and that accented characters are not
10914 glyph, they are build of
10918 characters, the accent and the letter.
10919 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10923 fonts for words with accented characters.
10924 If you search for example for the French word
10925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10932 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10941 and not for the glyph
10942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10946 \begin_inset space ~
10950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10956 \begin_layout Itemize
10957 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10970 , consist of these three main font types
10973 \begin_inset space ~
11002 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11006 \begin_inset space ~
11013 as typewriter font.
11014 \begin_inset Newline newline
11017 The differences between roman,
11020 \begin_inset space ~
11029 fonts are explained in section
11030 \begin_inset space ~
11034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11036 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11041 \begin_inset Newline newline
11048 was originally designed for newspapers.
11049 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
11050 into the small newspaper columns.
11055 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11058 \begin_layout Itemize
11059 The best solution is to use the
11068 These fonts were developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
11072 as the default font.
11073 In most cases they look the same as
11081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11082 One difference is improved kerning for the
11095 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11106 \begin_layout Standard
11107 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11110 For the font size there are four possible values:
11127 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11130 \begin_layout Standard
11131 The font sizes are the
11136 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11137 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11138 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11141 \begin_inset space ~
11147 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11148 \begin_inset space ~
11152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11154 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11161 \begin_layout Standard
11166 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11167 a font to display the script characters.
11171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11172 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11177 So this has no effect for the document language
11193 \begin_layout Standard
11194 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11198 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11206 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11210 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11211 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11212 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11214 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11217 dialog, see section
11218 \begin_inset space ~
11222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11224 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11236 \begin_layout Subsection
11237 Using Different Character Styles
11241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11260 \begin_layout Standard
11261 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11262 certain paragraph environments.
11263 LyX supports two character styles,
11272 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11276 \begin_layout Standard
11281 style, do one of the following:
11284 \begin_layout Itemize
11285 click on the toolbar button
11286 \begin_inset Graphics
11287 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11294 \begin_layout Itemize
11295 use the key binding
11304 \begin_layout Standard
11305 These commands are all toggles.
11310 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11313 \begin_layout Standard
11314 One typically uses the
11318 style for proper names.
11320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11327 is the original author of LyX.
11328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11334 \begin_layout Standard
11335 A more widely used character style is the
11340 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11347 \begin_layout Itemize
11348 clicking on the toolbar button
11349 \begin_inset Graphics
11350 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11357 \begin_layout Itemize
11358 using the keybindings
11367 \begin_layout Standard
11372 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11373 es use a different font.
11376 \begin_layout Standard
11377 We've been using the
11381 style all over the place in this document.
11382 Here's one more example:
11385 \begin_layout Quotation
11388 Don't overuse character styles!
11391 \begin_layout Standard
11392 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11393 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11394 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11395 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11399 \begin_layout Standard
11400 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11408 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11410 \begin_inset space ~
11418 \begin_layout Subsection
11419 Fine-Tuning with the
11424 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11426 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11443 \begin_layout Standard
11444 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11445 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11446 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11447 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11448 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11449 from ordinary dialog.
11452 \begin_layout Standard
11453 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11454 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11455 \begin_inset Newline newline
11458 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11459 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11462 \begin_layout Standard
11463 To use custom character styles, open the
11465 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11467 \begin_inset space ~
11473 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11474 font property which you can choose.
11475 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11478 \begin_inset space ~
11483 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11488 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11489 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11490 environments in a snap.
11493 \begin_layout Standard
11494 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11497 \begin_inset space ~
11509 \begin_layout Labeling
11510 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11524 The possible options are:
11528 \begin_layout Labeling
11529 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11534 This is the Roman font family.
11535 Normally a serif font.
11536 It's also the default family.
11546 \begin_layout Labeling
11547 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11551 \begin_inset space ~
11558 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11570 \begin_layout Labeling
11571 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11578 This is the Typewriter font family.
11584 arg "font-typewriter"
11593 \begin_layout Labeling
11594 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11599 This corresponds to the print weight.
11604 \begin_layout Labeling
11605 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11610 This is the Medium font series.
11611 It's also the default series.
11614 \begin_layout Labeling
11615 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11622 This is the Bold font series.
11635 \begin_layout Labeling
11636 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11641 As the name implies.
11646 \begin_layout Labeling
11647 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11652 This is the Upright font shape.
11653 It's also the default shape.
11656 \begin_layout Labeling
11657 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11671 s the Italic font shape
11677 \begin_layout Labeling
11678 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11685 This is the Slanted font shape
11687 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11690 \begin_layout Labeling
11691 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11695 \begin_inset space ~
11702 This is the Small caps font shape
11709 \begin_layout Labeling
11710 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11715 Alters the size of the font.
11716 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11717 nal to the document font size.
11718 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11719 what you want to do.
11724 \begin_layout Labeling
11725 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11746 arg "font-size tiny"
11752 \begin_layout Labeling
11753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11774 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11780 \begin_layout Labeling
11781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11802 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11808 \begin_layout Labeling
11809 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11830 arg "font-size small"
11836 \begin_layout Labeling
11837 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11851 It's also the default size.
11855 arg "font-size normal"
11861 \begin_layout Labeling
11862 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11883 arg "font-size large"
11889 \begin_layout Labeling
11890 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11911 arg "font-size larger"
11917 \begin_layout Labeling
11918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11939 arg "font-size largest"
11945 \begin_layout Labeling
11946 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11967 arg "font-size huge"
11973 \begin_layout Labeling
11974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11995 arg "font-size giant"
12002 \begin_layout Standard
12007 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12008 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12009 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12010 - use that instead.
12011 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12014 \begin_layout Labeling
12015 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12020 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12025 \begin_layout Labeling
12026 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12033 This is text with emphasize on
12036 This might seem like the same as
12040 , but it is actually a bit different.
12046 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12048 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12051 \begin_layout Labeling
12052 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12059 This is text with Underbar on.
12065 arg "font-underline"
12071 \begin_inset Newline newline
12076 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12077 when you couldn't change fonts.
12078 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12079 It's only included in LyX because some people
12083 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12086 \begin_layout Labeling
12087 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12094 This is text with Noun on.
12101 , this is a logical attribute.
12102 Normally it's equivalent to
12105 \begin_inset space ~
12114 \begin_layout Labeling
12115 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12120 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12121 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12125 \begin_inset space ~
12130 , which is the default
12131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12138 and means normally black, you can choose between
12174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12183 \begin_layout Labeling
12184 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12189 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12190 the language of the document.
12191 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12195 \begin_layout Standard
12196 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12197 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12199 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12201 \begin_inset space ~
12206 dialog, the settings are saved.
12207 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12208 \begin_inset Graphics
12209 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12214 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12215 when the dialog isn't visible.
12219 \begin_layout Standard
12220 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12227 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12228 (suppose you just set the shape to
12229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12247 \begin_inset space ~
12259 \begin_layout Standard
12260 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12268 \begin_inset space ~
12280 \begin_layout Itemize
12286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12293 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12311 \begin_inset Newline newline
12318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12343 \begin_inset Note Note
12346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12347 For more on phantoms see section
12348 \begin_inset space ~
12352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12354 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12364 \begin_inset Newline newline
12370 \begin_layout Itemize
12375 fonts use characters with serifs.
12376 These are the small
12377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12384 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12385 The following example will show the difference:
12386 \begin_inset Newline newline
12390 \begin_inset Newline newline
12395 text without serifs
12398 \begin_inset Newline newline
12401 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12402 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12409 \begin_layout Itemize
12415 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12416 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12419 \begin_layout Standard
12420 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12421 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12424 \begin_layout Section
12425 Printing and Previewing
12428 \begin_layout Subsection
12432 \begin_layout Standard
12433 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12434 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12435 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12436 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12437 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12440 \begin_inset space ~
12448 \begin_layout Standard
12449 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12450 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12451 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12452 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12453 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12454 This happens in two stages:
12457 \begin_layout Enumerate
12458 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12459 generating a file with the extension,
12460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12474 \begin_layout Enumerate
12475 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12479 file to produce printable output.
12483 \begin_layout Subsection
12484 Output file formats
12488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12497 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12504 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12510 File formats ! ASCII
12518 \begin_layout Standard
12519 This file type has the extension
12520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12532 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12536 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12543 \begin_layout Standard
12544 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12546 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12547 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12553 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12559 File formats ! LaTeX
12567 \begin_layout Standard
12568 This file type has the extension
12569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12580 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12582 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12583 it manually with console commands.
12584 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12585 you view or export your document.
12588 \begin_layout Standard
12589 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12591 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12592 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12609 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12623 \begin_layout Standard
12624 This file type has the extension
12625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12645 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12646 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12647 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12649 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12653 \begin_layout Standard
12654 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12662 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12663 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12668 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12669 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12670 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12671 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12674 \begin_layout Standard
12675 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12677 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12678 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12690 File formats ! PostScript
12698 \begin_layout Standard
12699 This file type has the extension
12700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12712 PostScript was developed by the company
12716 as printer language.
12717 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12719 PostScript can be seen as
12720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12723 programming language
12724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12727 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12732 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12742 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12752 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12755 \begin_layout Standard
12756 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12760 Encapsulated PostScript
12761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12764 (EPS, file extension
12765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12777 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12778 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12779 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12780 whenever you view or export your document.
12781 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12782 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12783 EPS to avoid this problem.
12786 \begin_layout Standard
12787 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12789 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12790 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12796 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12820 \begin_layout Standard
12821 This file type has the extension
12822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12838 Portable Document Format
12839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12842 (PDF) is developed by
12846 as derivative from PostScript.
12847 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12856 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12857 looks exactly the same.
12860 \begin_layout Standard
12861 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12865 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12869 (JPG, file extension
12870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12897 Portable Network Graphics
12898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12901 (PNG, file extension
12902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12914 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12915 in the background to one of these formats.
12916 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12917 will slow down your workflow.
12918 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12921 \begin_layout Standard
12922 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12924 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12927 in three different ways:
12930 \begin_layout Description
12931 PDF This uses the program
12935 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12936 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12940 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12941 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12944 \begin_layout Description
12946 \begin_inset space ~
12949 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12953 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12957 \begin_layout Description
12959 \begin_inset space ~
12962 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12966 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12969 \begin_layout Standard
12970 We recommend to use
12973 \begin_inset space ~
12982 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12988 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12991 \begin_layout Subsection
12996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13005 \begin_layout Standard
13006 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13007 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13011 and choose a file type.
13012 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13015 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13018 you can use the toolbar button
13019 \begin_inset Graphics
13020 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13027 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13032 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13034 \begin_inset space ~
13040 \begin_inset Graphics
13041 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13047 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13051 \begin_inset Graphics
13052 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13059 arg "buffer-view ps"
13065 \begin_layout Standard
13066 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13067 viewer window using the menu
13069 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13075 \begin_layout Standard
13076 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13078 To have a real output, export your document.
13081 \begin_layout Subsection
13082 Printing the File from within LyX
13083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13085 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13092 \begin_layout Standard
13093 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13094 it directly from within LyX.
13095 To print a file, select the menu
13097 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13100 or click on the toolbar button
13101 \begin_inset Graphics
13102 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13107 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13108 This file is then processed by the program
13112 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13117 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13120 \begin_layout Standard
13121 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13122 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13123 printing one set to print on the other side.
13124 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13125 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13126 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13129 \begin_layout Standard
13130 You can set the parameters in the
13133 \begin_inset space ~
13141 \begin_layout Labeling
13142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13147 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13152 Note that this printer name is for the program
13161 has to be configured for this printer name.
13162 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13163 \begin_inset space ~
13167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13169 reference "sub:Printer"
13178 The printer should understand PostScript.
13181 \begin_layout Labeling
13182 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13187 The name of a file to print to.
13188 The output will be a PostScript file.
13189 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13193 \begin_layout Section
13194 A few Words about Typography
13198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13207 \begin_layout Subsection
13212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13221 \begin_layout Standard
13223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13234 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13249 \begin_layout Enumerate
13251 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13255 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13273 \begin_layout Enumerate
13275 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13279 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13310 \begin_layout Enumerate
13312 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13316 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13360 \begin_layout Enumerate
13362 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13366 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13370 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13388 \begin_layout Standard
13389 You generate them by inserting the
13390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13401 character multiple times in a row.
13402 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13403 final output, but not in LyX.
13406 \begin_layout Standard
13407 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13408 math mode and has a length of its own.
13409 Here are some examples of the
13410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13424 \begin_layout Enumerate
13425 line- and page-breaks
13426 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13436 \begin_layout Enumerate
13438 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13448 \begin_layout Enumerate
13449 Oh --- there's a dash.
13450 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13460 \begin_layout Enumerate
13461 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13465 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13475 \begin_layout Subsection
13480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13487 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13489 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13496 \begin_layout Standard
13497 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13498 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13507 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13512 following the rules of the document language
13516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13517 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13525 \begin_inset space ~
13529 \begin_inset space ~
13536 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13547 \begin_layout Standard
13548 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13553 and with unusual constructs, like
13554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13562 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13563 This is done with the menu
13565 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13566 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13568 \begin_inset space ~
13574 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13575 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13578 \begin_layout Standard
13579 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13580 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13581 a hyphen and a space in the form
13582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13590 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13598 as hyphenation possibility.
13599 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13600 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13601 of the LaTeX-box-command
13607 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13608 As LyX doesn't support
13614 , we have to use TeX Code.
13615 The result looks in LyX like:
13618 \begin_layout Standard
13619 \begin_inset Graphics
13620 filename clipart/mbox.png
13627 \begin_layout Standard
13628 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13629 \begin_inset space ~
13633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13635 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13642 \begin_layout Subsection
13647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13656 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13657 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13660 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13667 \begin_layout Standard
13668 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13669 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13670 LaTeX then adds the
13671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13674 appropriate amount of space
13675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13679 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13681 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13684 \begin_layout Standard
13685 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13699 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13700 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13703 \begin_layout Standard
13704 Here are some examples of
13708 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13711 \begin_layout Itemize
13716 \begin_layout Itemize
13721 \begin_layout Standard
13722 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13725 \begin_layout Itemize
13727 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13731 this is too much space!
13734 \begin_layout Itemize
13739 \begin_layout Standard
13740 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13743 \begin_layout Standard
13744 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13747 \begin_layout Enumerate
13751 \begin_inset space ~
13756 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13757 \begin_inset space ~
13761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13763 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13772 Spaces ! inter-word
13780 \begin_layout Enumerate
13784 \begin_inset space ~
13789 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13790 \begin_inset space ~
13794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13796 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13813 \begin_layout Enumerate
13817 \begin_inset space ~
13821 \begin_inset space ~
13825 \begin_inset space ~
13832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13834 \begin_inset space ~
13839 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13840 This function is also bound to
13843 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13849 \begin_layout Standard
13850 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13853 \begin_layout Itemize
13855 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13859 \begin_inset space \space{}
13862 this is too much space!
13865 \begin_layout Itemize
13866 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13870 \begin_layout Standard
13871 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13872 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13873 LaTeX will care about this.
13876 \begin_layout Standard
13877 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13881 \begin_inset space ~
13886 feature described in section
13892 Additional Features
13897 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13903 Typography ! Quotes
13912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13943 \begin_layout Standard
13944 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13945 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13946 and use a closing quote at the end.
13948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13956 The keyboard character,
13960 , generates this automatically.
13963 \begin_layout Standard
13964 You can change the behavior of the
13968 key using the submenu
13974 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13982 Document ! Settings
13990 \begin_layout Standard
13991 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13996 There are six choices:
13999 \begin_layout Labeling
14000 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14012 Use quotes like this
14013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14021 \begin_inset Quotes els
14025 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14031 \begin_layout Labeling
14032 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14035 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14039 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14045 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14049 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14053 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14059 \begin_layout Labeling
14060 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14063 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14067 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14073 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14077 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14081 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14085 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14091 \begin_layout Labeling
14092 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14095 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14099 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14105 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14109 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14113 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14117 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14123 \begin_layout Labeling
14124 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14127 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14131 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14137 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14141 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14145 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14149 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14155 \begin_layout Labeling
14156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14159 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14163 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14169 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14173 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14177 \begin_inset Quotes als
14181 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14187 \begin_layout Standard
14188 These settings affects what character the
14195 \begin_layout Subsection
14200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14201 Typography ! Ligatures
14210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14241 name "sub:Ligatures"
14248 \begin_layout Standard
14249 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14250 print them as single characters.
14251 These groups are known as
14256 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14258 Here are the standard ligatures:
14261 \begin_layout Itemize
14265 \begin_layout Itemize
14269 \begin_layout Itemize
14273 \begin_layout Itemize
14277 \begin_layout Itemize
14281 \begin_layout Standard
14282 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14285 \begin_layout Standard
14286 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14287 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14295 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14311 To break a ligature, use
14313 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14314 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14316 \begin_inset space ~
14323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14334 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14351 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14359 \begin_layout Subsection
14364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14373 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14380 \begin_layout Standard
14381 You have surely noticed, that the word
14382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14389 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14390 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14391 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14411 \begin_inset Note Note
14414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14415 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14423 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14424 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14429 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14433 \begin_layout Description
14434 LyX The name of the game, write
14435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14456 \begin_layout Description
14457 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14479 \begin_layout Description
14480 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14502 \begin_layout Description
14503 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14525 \begin_layout Standard
14526 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14531 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14539 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14540 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14541 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14544 : The actual version is
14545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14552 , the previous one was
14553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14563 \begin_layout Standard
14564 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14569 \begin_inset space \space{}
14572 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14574 This will look in LyX like:
14575 \begin_inset Graphics
14576 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14582 \begin_inset Newline newline
14585 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14586 \begin_inset space ~
14590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14592 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14599 \begin_layout Subsection
14604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14613 \begin_layout Standard
14614 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14615 space between two words.
14616 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14626 for units use the menu
14628 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14629 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14631 \begin_inset space ~
14639 arg "space-insert thin"
14645 \begin_layout Standard
14646 Here's an example to show the differences:
14649 \begin_layout Standard
14650 \begin_inset Tabular
14651 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14653 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14654 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14661 \begin_inset space ~
14665 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14677 space between number and unit
14684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14689 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14693 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14705 half space between number and unit
14718 \begin_layout Subsection
14723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14724 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14732 \begin_layout Standard
14733 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14735 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14736 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14737 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14738 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14739 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14740 These bits of text became known as
14751 \begin_layout Standard
14752 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14753 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14754 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14755 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14756 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14757 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14758 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14761 \begin_layout Standard
14762 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14763 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14764 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14765 \begin_inset space ~
14769 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14771 key "latexcompanion"
14776 \begin_inset space ~
14780 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14786 ] may have more information.
14787 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14790 \begin_layout Chapter
14791 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14792 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14794 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14801 \begin_layout Standard
14802 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14807 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14810 \begin_layout Section
14815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14831 \begin_layout Standard
14832 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14835 \begin_layout Description
14837 \begin_inset space ~
14840 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14841 \begin_inset Newline newline
14845 \begin_inset Note Note
14848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14849 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14857 \begin_layout Description
14858 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14859 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14861 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14862 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14863 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14866 \begin_inset Newline newline
14870 \begin_inset Note Comment
14873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14874 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14882 \begin_layout Description
14884 \begin_inset space ~
14887 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14888 \begin_inset Newline newline
14892 \begin_inset Newline newline
14896 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14905 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14906 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14907 How this can be done is explained in the
14916 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14922 \begin_inset Newline newline
14926 \begin_inset Newline newline
14929 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14930 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14933 \begin_layout Standard
14934 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14935 \begin_inset Graphics
14936 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14938 scaleBeforeRotation
14944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14948 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14951 \begin_layout Section
14956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14965 name "sec:Footnotes"
14972 \begin_layout Standard
14973 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14976 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14979 or the toolbar button
14980 \begin_inset Graphics
14981 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14994 \begin_inset Graphics
14995 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15004 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15033 label, the box will
15037 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15038 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15051 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15067 \begin_layout Standard
15068 Here's an example footnote:
15076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15077 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15085 \begin_layout Standard
15086 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15087 position where the footnote box is placed.
15088 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15089 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15090 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15091 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15092 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15097 ey are described in the
15104 \begin_layout Section
15109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15116 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15118 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15125 \begin_layout Standard
15126 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15127 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15131 \begin_inset space ~
15136 or the toolbar button
15137 \begin_inset Graphics
15138 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15165 appearing within your text.
15166 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15175 \begin_layout Standard
15176 At the side is an example marginal note.
15180 \begin_inset Marginal
15183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15184 This is a marginal note.
15192 \begin_layout Standard
15193 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15194 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15195 pages, right on odd pages.
15198 \begin_layout Section
15199 Graphics and Images
15203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15222 name "sec:Graphics"
15229 \begin_layout Standard
15230 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15231 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15232 \begin_inset Graphics
15233 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15239 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15243 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15246 \begin_layout Standard
15247 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15252 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15253 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15255 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15256 \begin_inset space ~
15260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15262 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15269 \begin_layout Standard
15274 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15275 of the image in the output.
15276 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15280 \begin_inset space ~
15284 \begin_inset space ~
15293 \begin_inset space ~
15297 \begin_inset space ~
15301 \begin_inset space ~
15306 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15307 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15315 \begin_layout Standard
15318 LaTeX and LyX options
15320 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15321 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15325 \begin_inset space ~
15330 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15331 with the image size is printed.
15335 \begin_inset space ~
15339 \begin_inset space ~
15343 \begin_inset space ~
15348 is explained in the
15359 \begin_layout Standard
15360 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15361 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15363 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15367 \begin_layout Standard
15369 \begin_inset Graphics
15370 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15372 rotateOrigin center
15379 \begin_layout Standard
15380 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15381 the image into a float, see section
15382 \begin_inset space ~
15386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15388 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15395 \begin_layout Subsection
15400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15409 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15416 \begin_layout Standard
15417 You can insert images in any known file format.
15418 But as we explained in section
15419 \begin_inset space ~
15423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15425 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15429 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15430 LyX uses therefore the program
15434 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15435 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15436 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15437 \begin_inset space ~
15441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15443 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15450 \begin_layout Standard
15451 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15454 \begin_layout Description
15456 \begin_inset space ~
15459 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15460 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15461 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15465 Graphics Interchange Format
15466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15469 (GIF, file extension
15470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15517 Portable Network Graphics
15518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15521 (PNG, file extension
15522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15569 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15573 (JPG, file extension
15574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15632 \begin_layout Description
15634 \begin_inset space ~
15637 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15639 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15640 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15641 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15642 \begin_inset Newline newline
15645 Scalable image formats can be
15646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15649 Scalable Vector Graphics
15650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15653 (SVG, file extension
15654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15701 Encapsulated PostScript
15702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15705 (EPS, file extension
15706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15753 Portable Document Format
15754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15757 (PDF, file extension
15758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15780 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15781 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15782 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15788 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15796 \begin_layout Standard
15797 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15801 \begin_layout Subsection
15802 Grouping of Image Settings
15806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15807 Images ! Settings grouping
15815 \begin_layout Standard
15816 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15818 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15819 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15821 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15822 need to manually change each of them.
15826 \begin_layout Standard
15827 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15830 \begin_inset space ~
15834 \begin_inset space ~
15839 field in the Graphics dialog.
15840 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15841 by checking the name of the desired group.
15844 \begin_layout Section
15849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15865 \begin_layout Standard
15866 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15867 \begin_inset Graphics
15868 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15875 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15879 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15880 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15881 from the rest of the table.
15882 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15883 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15885 Here's an example table:
15888 \begin_layout Standard
15890 \begin_inset Tabular
15891 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15893 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15894 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15895 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15896 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16096 \begin_layout Subsection
16100 \begin_layout Standard
16101 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16102 brings up the table dialog.
16103 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16104 where the cursor is placed currently.
16105 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16106 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16107 done on all of your selection.
16110 \begin_layout Standard
16111 Additionally to the table dialog the
16114 \begin_inset space ~
16119 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16121 It is for example currently only possible to add
16122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16126 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16129 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16132 \begin_layout Standard
16136 \begin_inset space ~
16141 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16142 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16143 current cell respectively.
16144 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16146 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16147 of text, see section
16148 \begin_inset space ~
16152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16154 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16161 \begin_layout Standard
16162 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16168 This will merge the cells to
16172 cell, spread over more than one column.
16173 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16174 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16175 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16176 in the last row without the upper border:
16179 \begin_layout Standard
16181 \begin_inset Tabular
16182 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16183 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16184 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16185 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16186 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16187 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16198 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16207 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16283 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16318 \begin_layout Standard
16319 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16320 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16321 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16322 explained in the tables section of the
16325 \begin_inset space ~
16331 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16332 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16335 degrees counterclockwise.
16336 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16339 \begin_layout Standard
16340 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16348 Most DVI-viewers are
16352 able to display rotations.
16360 \begin_layout Standard
16365 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16370 adds lines for all cell borders.
16373 \begin_layout Subsection
16378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16379 Tables ! Longtables
16388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16397 \begin_layout Standard
16398 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16401 \begin_inset space ~
16405 \begin_inset space ~
16414 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16415 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16418 \begin_layout Description
16423 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16424 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16425 except for the first page, if
16428 \begin_inset space ~
16436 \begin_layout Description
16440 \begin_inset space ~
16445 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16446 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16449 \begin_layout Description
16454 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16455 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16456 except for the last page, if
16459 \begin_inset space ~
16467 \begin_layout Description
16471 \begin_inset space ~
16476 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16477 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16480 \begin_layout Description
16481 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16482 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16484 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16488 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16491 \begin_inset space ~
16499 \begin_layout Standard
16500 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16501 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16502 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16503 The others will then be defined as
16508 In this context, first means first in this order:
16511 \begin_inset space ~
16523 \begin_inset space ~
16529 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16532 \begin_layout Standard
16534 \begin_inset Tabular
16535 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16536 <features islongtable="true">
16537 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16538 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16539 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16540 <row endfirsthead="true">
16541 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16547 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16552 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16561 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16571 <row endfirsthead="true">
16572 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16583 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16592 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16604 <row endhead="true">
16605 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16616 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16625 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16635 <row endhead="true">
16636 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16647 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16656 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16668 <row endfoot="true">
16669 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16680 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16689 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16720 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17661 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17670 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17679 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17690 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17721 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17752 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17783 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17814 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17845 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17876 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17907 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17938 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17969 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18000 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18031 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18093 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18124 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18155 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18186 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18217 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18248 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18279 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18310 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18341 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18372 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18403 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18434 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18465 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18496 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18527 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18558 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18589 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18620 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18650 <row endlastfoot="true">
18651 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18662 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 \begin_layout Subsection
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18700 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18702 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18709 \begin_layout Standard
18710 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18711 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18712 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18713 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18717 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18718 for the cell's paragraph.
18721 \begin_layout Standard
18722 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18723 for the column in the table dialog.
18724 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18725 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18729 \begin_layout Standard
18731 \begin_inset Tabular
18732 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18734 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18735 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18736 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18756 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18825 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18881 This is longer now.
18886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18937 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18938 This is longer now.
18943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18969 \begin_layout Standard
18970 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18971 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18976 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
18977 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
18983 Selection with the mouse or with
18987 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18988 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18989 the selection from outside the table.
18992 \begin_layout Section
18997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19013 \begin_layout Standard
19014 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19015 have a fixed location.
19017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19024 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19032 \begin_inset space ~
19037 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19038 too much notes at the page.
19041 \begin_layout Standard
19042 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19043 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19044 and pages without text.
19045 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19046 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19047 Floats are therefore numbered.
19048 Referencing is described in section
19049 \begin_inset space ~
19053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19055 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19062 \begin_layout Standard
19063 To insert a float, use the menu
19065 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19069 A box with a caption that has e.
19070 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19074 \begin_inset space \space{}
19078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19082 \begin_inset space ~
19086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19089 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19090 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19092 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19102 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19103 paragraph within the float.
19104 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19105 by left-clicking on the box label.
19106 A closed float box looks like this:
19107 \begin_inset Graphics
19108 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19113 -- a gray button with a red label.
19116 \begin_layout Standard
19117 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19118 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19121 \begin_layout Subsection
19125 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19131 Floats ! Figure floats
19137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19139 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19146 \begin_layout Standard
19149 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19150 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19153 inserts a float with the label
19154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19160 \begin_inset space ~
19166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19170 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19171 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19172 This is what we did for Figure
19173 \begin_inset space ~
19177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19179 reference "cap:Platypus"
19184 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19185 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19186 This was done in Figure
19187 \begin_inset space ~
19191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19193 reference "cap:Escher"
19200 \begin_layout Standard
19201 \begin_inset Float figure
19206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19208 \begin_inset Graphics
19209 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19211 rotateOrigin center
19218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19219 \begin_inset Caption
19221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19222 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19224 name "cap:Platypus"
19228 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19241 \begin_layout Standard
19242 \begin_inset Float figure
19247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19248 \begin_inset Caption
19250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19268 \begin_inset Graphics
19269 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19271 rotateOrigin center
19283 \begin_layout Standard
19284 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19286 As described in section
19287 \begin_inset space ~
19291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19293 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19297 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19299 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19302 and refer to it using the menu
19304 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19308 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19317 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19329 \begin_layout Standard
19330 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19331 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19332 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19333 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19335 \begin_inset space ~
19339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19341 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19345 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19346 You can also set the images one below the other.
19348 \begin_inset space ~
19352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19354 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19361 reference "fig:Platypus"
19365 are the subfigures.
19368 \begin_layout Standard
19369 \begin_inset Float figure
19374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19375 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19379 \begin_inset Float figure
19384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19385 \begin_inset Caption
19387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19390 name "fig:Undefinable"
19402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19403 \begin_inset Graphics
19404 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19415 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19419 \begin_inset Float figure
19424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19425 \begin_inset Caption
19427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19430 name "fig:Platypus"
19442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19443 \begin_inset Graphics
19444 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19456 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19463 \begin_inset Caption
19465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19466 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19468 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19472 Two distorted images.
19485 \begin_layout Standard
19486 Note that the caption is added to the
19489 \begin_inset space ~
19493 \begin_inset space ~
19498 as described in section
19499 \begin_inset space ~
19503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19505 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 Floats ! Table floats
19526 \begin_layout Standard
19527 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19529 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19530 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19534 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19537 \begin_inset space ~
19541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19543 reference "cap:Table-float"
19547 is an example of a table float.
19550 \begin_layout Standard
19551 \begin_inset Float table
19556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19557 \begin_inset Caption
19559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19560 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19562 name "cap:Table-float"
19574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19576 \begin_inset Tabular
19577 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19579 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19580 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19581 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19708 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19729 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19731 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19752 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19773 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19779 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19787 \begin_layout Standard
19788 This float type is inserted with the menu
19790 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19791 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19795 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19796 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19800 , described in section
19801 \begin_inset space ~
19805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19807 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19814 \begin_layout Standard
19815 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19823 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19829 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19832 \begin_layout Standard
19837 floatname{algorithm}{your
19838 \begin_inset space ~
19844 \begin_layout Standard
19845 to the document preamble (menu
19847 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19854 \begin_inset space ~
19860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19874 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19880 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19888 \begin_layout Standard
19889 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19897 \begin_inset Graphics
19898 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19900 rotateOrigin center
19907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19908 \begin_inset Caption
19910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19911 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19913 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19917 This is a wrapped figure.
19918 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19931 This float type is used if you want to
19932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19939 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19941 It can be inserted using the menu
19943 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19944 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19946 \begin_inset space ~
19951 if the LaTeX-package
19959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19960 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19970 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19973 \begin_inset space ~
19983 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19986 \begin_inset space ~
19990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19992 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19996 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19997 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20005 Available units are explained in Appendix
20006 \begin_inset space ~
20010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20012 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20021 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20025 \begin_layout Standard
20026 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20034 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20035 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20039 \begin_inset space \space{}
20042 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up in
20043 the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20044 over some other text.
20052 \begin_layout Itemize
20053 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20054 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20055 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20056 breaks will appear.
20059 \begin_layout Itemize
20060 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20061 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20064 \begin_layout Itemize
20065 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20066 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20069 \begin_layout Itemize
20070 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20073 \begin_layout Subsection
20075 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20077 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20094 \begin_layout Standard
20095 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20096 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20100 \begin_inset space ~
20108 \begin_layout Standard
20109 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20110 have a multi-column document).
20111 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20114 \begin_inset space ~
20120 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20121 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20128 \begin_layout Standard
20129 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20130 format is also the same: Table
20131 \begin_inset space ~
20135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20137 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20141 is an example of a rotated table float.
20144 \begin_layout Standard
20145 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20153 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20161 \begin_layout Standard
20162 \begin_inset Float table
20167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20168 \begin_inset Caption
20170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20173 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 \begin_inset Tabular
20188 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20190 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20191 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20192 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20193 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20194 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20254 \begin_layout Subsection
20256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20258 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20275 \begin_layout Standard
20276 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20277 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20278 \begin_inset Newline newline
20284 \begin_inset space ~
20289 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20290 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20292 \begin_inset Newline newline
20298 \begin_inset space ~
20303 is used to rotate floats, see section
20304 \begin_inset space ~
20308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20310 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20317 \begin_layout Standard
20318 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20319 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20322 \begin_inset space ~
20326 \begin_inset space ~
20334 \begin_layout Description
20336 \begin_inset space ~
20340 \begin_inset space ~
20343 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20346 \begin_layout Description
20348 \begin_inset space ~
20352 \begin_inset space ~
20355 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20358 \begin_layout Description
20360 \begin_inset space ~
20364 \begin_inset space ~
20367 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20370 \begin_layout Description
20372 \begin_inset space ~
20376 \begin_inset space ~
20379 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20382 \begin_layout Standard
20383 The order of the above option is
20388 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20392 \begin_inset space ~
20396 \begin_inset space ~
20404 \begin_inset space ~
20408 \begin_inset space ~
20413 , and then the others.
20414 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20416 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20417 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20420 \begin_layout Standard
20421 By default, each options has its own rules:
20424 \begin_layout Standard
20428 \begin_inset space ~
20432 \begin_inset space ~
20437 only floats occupying less than 70
20438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20441 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20444 \begin_layout Standard
20448 \begin_inset space ~
20452 \begin_inset space ~
20457 : only floats occupying less than 30
20458 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20461 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20464 \begin_layout Standard
20468 \begin_inset space ~
20472 \begin_inset space ~
20477 : only if more than 50
20478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20481 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20485 \begin_layout Standard
20486 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20490 \begin_inset space ~
20494 \begin_inset space ~
20502 \begin_layout Standard
20503 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20504 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20505 For this case you can use the option
20508 \begin_inset space ~
20514 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20516 Because the float is then no longer able to
20517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20524 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20527 \begin_layout Standard
20528 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20529 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20532 \begin_layout Standard
20533 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20535 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20537 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20544 \begin_layout Section
20549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20558 name "sec:Minipages"
20565 \begin_layout Standard
20566 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20568 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20569 \begin_inset space ~
20576 \begin_layout Standard
20577 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20579 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20583 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20584 and its alignment within the page.
20587 \begin_layout Standard
20589 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20598 height_special "totalheight"
20601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20604 This is a minipage.
20605 The text is set in an italic style.
20608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20611 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20612 another formatting.
20620 \begin_layout Standard
20621 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20624 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20628 as described in section
20629 \begin_inset space ~
20633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20635 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20640 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20646 \begin_layout Standard
20647 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20656 height_special "totalheight"
20659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20660 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20661 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20667 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20671 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20680 height_special "totalheight"
20683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20684 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20685 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20693 \begin_layout Standard
20694 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20700 \begin_layout Standard
20701 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20702 to other box types.
20703 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20714 \begin_layout Chapter
20715 Mathematical Formulas
20719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20758 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20760 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20767 \begin_layout Standard
20768 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20773 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20776 \begin_layout Section
20781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20790 \begin_layout Standard
20791 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20792 \begin_inset Graphics
20793 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20798 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20800 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20801 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20802 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20804 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20810 \begin_layout Standard
20811 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20815 \begin_inset space ~
20820 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20823 \begin_layout Standard
20824 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20825 line, like this one:
20828 \begin_layout Standard
20829 This is a line with an inline formula
20830 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20836 \begin_layout Standard
20837 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20839 \begin_inset Formula \[
20844 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20847 \begin_layout Standard
20848 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20850 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20854 \begin_inset space \space{}
20858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20871 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20872 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20876 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20879 \begin_inset space ~
20887 \begin_layout Subsection
20888 Navigating in Formulas
20892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20901 \begin_layout Standard
20902 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20903 achieved with the arrow keys.
20904 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20905 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20910 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20911 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20915 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20919 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20921 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20929 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20934 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20935 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20938 \begin_layout Standard
20943 , printed in this document as
20944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20965 \begin_inset Note Note
20968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20969 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20970 space character (visible space).
20975 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20976 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20977 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20982 For example, if you want
20983 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21037 , since in the latter case only the
21040 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21045 will be under the square root sign:
21046 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21052 \begin_layout Standard
21053 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21055 \begin_inset Formula \[
21056 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21059 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21063 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21064 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21067 \begin_layout Subsection
21071 \begin_layout Standard
21072 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21073 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21077 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21078 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21079 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21080 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21081 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21084 \begin_layout Subsection
21085 Exponents and Subscripts
21089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21108 \begin_layout Standard
21109 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21110 way is to use a command.
21112 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21115 , type in a formula
21121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21137 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21143 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21147 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21168 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21177 , you have to use an extra
21181 to separate the hat and the character.
21183 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21187 \begin_inset space \space{}
21191 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21212 Subscripts are similar: To get
21213 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21236 \begin_layout Subsection
21241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21250 \begin_layout Standard
21251 Create a fraction with either the command
21258 \begin_inset Graphics
21259 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21267 \begin_inset space ~
21273 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21274 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21275 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21280 To move back up, press
21285 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21286 \begin_inset Formula \[
21287 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21289 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21296 \begin_layout Subsection
21301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21310 \begin_layout Standard
21311 Roots can be created using the
21314 \begin_inset space ~
21320 \begin_inset Graphics
21321 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21344 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21350 produces always a square root.
21353 \begin_layout Subsection
21354 Operators with Limits
21358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21377 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21384 \begin_layout Standard
21386 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21390 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21393 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21394 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21395 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21396 The sum operator will automatically place its
21397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21404 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21407 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21411 \begin_inset Formula \[
21412 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21416 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21420 \begin_layout Standard
21421 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21423 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21424 behind the operator and hitting
21432 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21433 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21435 \begin_inset space ~
21439 \begin_inset space ~
21447 \begin_layout Standard
21448 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21456 feature as addition, such as
21460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21467 \begin_inset Formula \[
21468 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21472 which will place the
21473 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21485 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21486 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21492 \begin_layout Standard
21493 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21500 Have a look at section
21501 \begin_inset space ~
21505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21507 reference "sub:Functions"
21511 for an explanation of function macros.
21514 \begin_layout Subsection
21519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21528 \begin_layout Standard
21529 Most math symbols can be found in the
21532 \begin_inset space ~
21537 under one of several categories; including
21554 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21558 \begin_layout Standard
21559 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21560 you don't have to use the
21563 \begin_inset space ~
21568 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21569 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21572 \begin_layout Subsection
21577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21586 \begin_layout Standard
21587 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21592 arg "space-insert protected"
21598 \begin_inset space ~
21604 \begin_inset Graphics
21605 filename ../images/math/space.png
21610 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21611 Here a example for the sequence
21616 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21620 \begin_inset Graphics
21621 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21626 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21627 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21628 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21629 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21634 \begin_layout Standard
21644 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21650 \begin_layout Standard
21660 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21666 \begin_layout Subsection
21671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21678 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21680 name "sub:Functions"
21687 \begin_layout Standard
21691 \begin_inset space ~
21696 contains under the button
21697 \begin_inset Graphics
21698 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21702 a number of functions, such as
21703 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21707 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21715 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21722 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21723 avoid confusions, because
21724 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21728 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21734 \begin_layout Standard
21735 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21737 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21741 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21747 \begin_layout Standard
21748 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21749 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21750 \begin_inset space ~
21754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21756 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21763 \begin_layout Subsection
21768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21777 \begin_layout Standard
21778 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21780 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21781 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21782 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21786 \begin_inset space \space{}
21790 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21793 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21794 Our example is entered by typing
21802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21815 \begin_inset space ~
21819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21821 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21825 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21828 \begin_layout Standard
21829 \begin_inset Float table
21834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21835 \begin_inset Caption
21837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21838 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21840 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21844 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21854 \begin_inset Tabular
21855 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21857 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21858 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21859 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21943 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21997 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22051 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22105 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22159 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22213 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22267 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22321 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22375 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22420 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22441 \begin_layout Standard
22442 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22445 \begin_inset space ~
22451 \begin_inset Graphics
22452 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22456 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22460 \begin_layout Section
22461 Brackets and Delimiters
22465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22484 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22491 \begin_layout Standard
22492 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22493 For most purposes, using just the keys
22498 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22499 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22502 \begin_inset space ~
22508 \begin_inset Graphics
22509 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22514 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22516 \begin_inset Formula \[
22517 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22519 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22523 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22524 \begin_inset Formula \[
22525 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22532 \begin_layout Standard
22533 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22534 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22537 \begin_layout Standard
22538 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22539 left side and right side.
22540 If you use the option
22543 \begin_inset space ~
22548 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22549 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22550 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22551 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22554 \begin_layout Standard
22555 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22556 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22557 inside the brackets.
22558 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22563 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22566 \begin_layout Standard
22567 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22578 \begin_layout Section
22583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22592 \begin_layout Standard
22593 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22594 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22605 \begin_layout Standard
22606 \begin_inset Formula \[
22607 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22614 \begin_layout Standard
22615 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22630 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22631 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22632 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22635 \begin_layout Section
22636 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22661 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22669 \begin_layout Standard
22670 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22673 \begin_inset space ~
22679 \begin_inset Graphics
22680 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22685 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22686 Here is an example:
22687 \begin_inset Formula \[
22688 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22691 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22695 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22696 \begin_inset space ~
22700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22702 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22707 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22708 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22709 This alignment is set in the box
22714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22762 for every column as default.
22763 For example, the sequence
22764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22775 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22776 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22777 corresponds to the relevant column.
22778 The result will look like this:
22779 \begin_inset Formula \[
22781 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22782 column & has & has\, right\\
22783 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22790 \begin_layout Standard
22791 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22794 arg "newline-insert newline"
22797 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22798 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22800 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22806 \begin_layout Standard
22807 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22808 It can be created with the menu
22810 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22811 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22813 \begin_inset space ~
22826 \begin_inset Formula \[
22830 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22837 \begin_layout Standard
22838 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22841 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22844 arg "newline-insert newline"
22848 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22853 arg "newline-insert newline"
22856 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22864 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22865 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22866 A new row is created by every further hit of
22869 arg "newline-insert newline"
22873 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22874 Here is an example:
22875 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22876 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22877 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22881 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22882 where you want to start the shift and hit
22887 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22888 position to the next column.
22889 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22890 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22891 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22892 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22899 \begin_layout Standard
22900 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22907 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22908 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22911 reference "eq:asquared"
22916 The other types are described in section
22917 \begin_inset space ~
22921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22923 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22930 \begin_layout Section
22931 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22936 Math ! Formula numbering
22945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22946 Math ! Referencing formulas
22952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22954 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22961 \begin_layout Standard
22962 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22964 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22965 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22967 \begin_inset space ~
22975 arg "math-number-toggle"
22979 The formula number appears in LyX as
22980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22987 within parentheses.
22989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22996 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22998 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22999 the document class.
23000 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23001 separated by a dot:
23002 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23003 1+1=2\end{equation}
23010 arg "math-number-toggle"
23013 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23014 You can only number displayed formulas.
23017 \begin_layout Standard
23018 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23020 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23021 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23023 \begin_inset space ~
23027 \begin_inset space ~
23031 \begin_inset space ~
23039 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23042 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23043 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23045 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23046 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23050 To number all lines use the shortcut
23053 arg "math-number-toggle"
23059 \begin_layout Standard
23060 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23063 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23064 A label is inserted with the menu
23066 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23069 when the cursor is in the formula.
23070 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23071 It is recommended to use the proposed
23072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23083 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23084 type when you have many labels in your document.
23085 We inserted in the following example the label
23086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23093 in the second line:
23094 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23095 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23096 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23100 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23101 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23111 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23113 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23115 \begin_inset space ~
23121 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23122 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23123 as the formula number:
23126 \begin_layout Standard
23127 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23130 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23137 \begin_layout Standard
23138 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23139 \begin_inset space ~
23143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23145 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23150 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23153 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23156 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23161 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23169 \begin_layout Section
23170 User defined math macros
23174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23183 \begin_layout Standard
23184 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas what is very useful when you
23185 have in a document several times the same form of equations.
23186 Math macros are explained in section
23189 \begin_inset space ~
23201 \begin_layout Section
23205 \begin_layout Subsection
23210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23219 \begin_layout Standard
23220 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23221 To set a font in a formula, use the
23224 \begin_inset space ~
23230 \begin_inset Graphics
23231 filename ../images/math/font.png
23235 , or enter its command, listed in table
23236 \begin_inset space ~
23240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23242 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23249 \begin_layout Standard
23250 \begin_inset Float table
23255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23256 \begin_inset Caption
23258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23261 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23265 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23275 \begin_inset Tabular
23276 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23279 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23311 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23338 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23365 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23398 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23425 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23452 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23486 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23513 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23547 \begin_layout Standard
23548 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23556 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23572 \begin_layout Standard
23573 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23574 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23579 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23580 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23581 Here an example where a
23582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23593 denotes the set of numbers:
23594 \begin_inset Formula \[
23595 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23602 \begin_layout Standard
23603 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23605 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23609 \begin_inset space \space{}
23621 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23625 \begin_inset Newline newline
23628 So better don't use this feature.
23631 \begin_layout Standard
23632 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23633 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23637 \begin_inset Newline newline
23640 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23646 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23647 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23653 \begin_layout Standard
23660 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23663 \begin_layout Standard
23664 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23666 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23667 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23669 \begin_inset space ~
23677 \begin_layout Subsection
23682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23691 \begin_layout Standard
23692 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23694 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23698 \begin_inset space ~
23702 \begin_inset space ~
23710 \begin_inset space ~
23716 \begin_inset Graphics
23717 filename ../images/math/font.png
23724 \begin_inset space ~
23730 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23731 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23732 Here is an example:
23733 \begin_inset Formula \[
23735 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23736 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23743 \begin_layout Subsection
23748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23757 \begin_layout Standard
23758 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23759 automatically chosen in most situations.
23777 For most characters,
23785 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23786 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23791 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23792 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23793 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23794 \begin_inset Graphics
23795 filename ../images/math/style.png
23800 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23801 For example, you can set
23802 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23805 , which is normally in
23814 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23818 The four styles are used in the following example:
23821 \begin_layout Standard
23822 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23826 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23830 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23834 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23840 \begin_layout Standard
23841 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23842 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23844 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23846 \begin_inset space ~
23851 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23852 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23853 will be adjusted to correspond.
23854 As example a formula in the font size
23855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23865 \begin_layout Standard
23869 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23875 \begin_layout Section
23879 \begin_layout Standard
23880 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23881 the document classes and into layout modules.
23885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23891 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23892 other than the AMS classes.
23894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23896 reference "sub:Modules"
23900 for more on layout modules.
23903 \begin_layout Section
23908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23927 \begin_layout Standard
23928 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23929 (AMS) that are in common use.
23932 \begin_layout Subsection
23933 Enabling AMS-Support
23936 \begin_layout Standard
23937 Selecting the checkbox
23940 \begin_inset space ~
23944 \begin_inset space ~
23948 \begin_inset space ~
23955 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23963 Document ! Settings
23971 \begin_inset space ~
23976 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
23978 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
23979 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
23982 \begin_layout Subsection
23984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23986 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23995 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24003 \begin_layout Standard
24004 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24005 LyX allows you to choose between
24026 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24029 \begin_layout Chapter
24033 \begin_layout Section
24038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24047 name "sec:Cross-References"
24054 \begin_layout Standard
24055 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24056 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24058 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24059 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24060 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24063 \begin_layout Enumerate
24067 \begin_layout Enumerate
24068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24070 name "enu:Second-item"
24077 \begin_layout Enumerate
24081 \begin_layout Standard
24082 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24087 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24088 \begin_inset Graphics
24089 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24095 A grey label box like this:
24096 \begin_inset Graphics
24097 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24102 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24103 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24138 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24143 \begin_inset space \space{}
24146 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24161 \begin_layout Standard
24162 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24164 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24167 or the toolbar button
24168 \begin_inset Graphics
24169 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24175 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24176 \begin_inset Graphics
24177 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24182 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24184 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24197 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24199 Here is our cross-reference:
24202 \begin_layout Standard
24204 \begin_inset space ~
24208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24210 reference "enu:Second-item"
24217 \begin_layout Standard
24218 It is recommended to use a protected space
24222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24223 described in section
24224 \begin_inset space ~
24228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24230 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24239 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24243 \begin_layout Standard
24244 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24247 \begin_layout Description
24248 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24251 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24258 \begin_layout Description
24259 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24260 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24272 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24279 \begin_layout Description
24280 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24281 \begin_inset space ~
24285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24286 LatexCommand pageref
24287 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24294 \begin_layout Description
24296 \begin_inset space ~
24300 \begin_inset space ~
24303 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24305 LatexCommand vpageref
24306 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24313 \begin_layout Description
24315 \begin_inset space ~
24319 \begin_inset space ~
24323 \begin_inset space ~
24326 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24330 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24337 \begin_layout Description
24339 \begin_inset space ~
24342 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24343 \begin_inset Newline newline
24347 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24355 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24364 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24377 \begin_layout Standard
24378 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24379 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24385 \begin_inset space \space{}
24389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24403 \begin_layout Standard
24404 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24405 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24406 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24410 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24414 \begin_layout Standard
24415 You can only use the style
24419 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24423 is always possible.
24426 \begin_layout Standard
24427 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24428 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24429 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24430 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24431 \begin_inset space ~
24435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24437 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24444 \begin_layout Standard
24448 \begin_inset space ~
24452 \begin_inset space ~
24457 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24458 The button text changes then to
24461 \begin_inset space ~
24466 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24467 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24468 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24472 \begin_layout Standard
24473 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24474 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24475 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24478 \begin_layout Standard
24479 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24480 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24483 \begin_layout Standard
24484 References are described in detail in the
24491 \begin_layout Section
24492 Table of Contents and other Listings
24496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24522 \begin_layout Subsection
24524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24526 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24533 \begin_layout Standard
24534 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24536 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24537 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24539 \begin_inset space ~
24543 \begin_inset space ~
24549 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24550 If you click on it, the
24554 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24555 sections in your documents.
24556 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24558 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24561 that is described in sec.
24562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24568 reference "sec:Navigating"
24575 \begin_layout Standard
24576 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24577 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24579 \begin_inset space ~
24583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24585 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24589 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24591 \begin_inset space ~
24595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24597 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24601 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24603 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24606 \begin_layout Subsection
24607 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24610 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24617 \begin_layout Standard
24618 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24619 You can insert them via the
24621 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24623 \begin_inset space ~
24627 \begin_inset space ~
24633 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24636 \begin_layout Section
24637 URLs and Hyperlinks
24641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24660 \begin_layout Subsection
24662 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24671 \begin_layout Standard
24672 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24674 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24680 \begin_layout Standard
24681 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24682 \begin_inset Flex URL
24685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24695 \begin_layout Standard
24696 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24702 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24706 \begin_layout Standard
24707 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24715 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24723 \begin_layout Subsection
24725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24727 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24734 \begin_layout Standard
24735 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24737 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24740 or with the toolbar button
24741 \begin_inset Graphics
24742 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24743 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24748 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24757 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24758 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24759 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24761 name "LyX's homepage"
24762 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24766 , an Email address like this:
24767 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24769 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24770 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24775 , or a link to a file.
24778 \begin_layout Standard
24779 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24792 to the link target.
24795 \begin_layout Standard
24796 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24797 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24798 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24799 the text style dialog.
24800 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24804 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24806 name "LyX's homepage"
24807 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24814 \begin_layout Standard
24815 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24819 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24821 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24822 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24826 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24828 \begin_inset Newline newline
24836 \begin_inset Newline newline
24843 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24846 \begin_layout Section
24851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24860 name "sec:Appendices"
24867 \begin_layout Standard
24868 Appendices are created with the menu
24870 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24872 \begin_inset space ~
24876 \begin_inset space ~
24882 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24883 as appendix region.
24884 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24887 \begin_layout Standard
24888 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24889 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24890 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24891 and the subsection number.
24892 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24896 \begin_layout Standard
24898 \begin_inset space ~
24902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24904 reference "cha:Credits"
24909 \begin_inset space ~
24913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24915 reference "sub:Export"
24922 \begin_layout Section
24927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24934 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24936 name "sec:Bibliography"
24943 \begin_layout Standard
24944 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
24945 You can include a bibliography database,
24949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24950 Known under the name
24951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24963 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
24964 manually, using the paragraph environment
24968 , which was described in section
24969 \begin_inset space ~
24973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24975 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
24980 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
24981 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
24985 use a bibliography database.
24988 \begin_layout Subsection
24989 The Bibliography Environment
24992 \begin_layout Standard
24997 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
24999 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25008 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25010 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25019 , a short form of its title, as key.
25022 \begin_layout Standard
25023 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25025 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25028 or the toolbar button
25029 \begin_inset Graphics
25030 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25031 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25036 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25037 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25038 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25039 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25043 \begin_layout Standard
25044 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25045 with surrounding brackets.
25050 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25051 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25063 \begin_layout Standard
25066 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25069 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25071 key "latexcompanion"
25078 \begin_layout Standard
25079 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25080 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25089 \begin_layout Subsection
25090 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25095 Bibliography ! Databases
25104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25105 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25111 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25113 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25120 \begin_layout Standard
25121 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25127 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25129 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25130 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25135 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25137 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25138 your working field in a database.
25139 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25140 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25142 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25146 \begin_layout Standard
25147 The database is a text file with the file extension
25148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25159 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25160 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25161 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25163 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25168 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25169 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25170 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25171 \begin_inset Flex URL
25174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25176 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25184 \begin_layout Standard
25185 To use a database, use the menu
25187 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25192 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25205 \begin_inset space ~
25211 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25212 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25215 Add bibliography to TOC
25217 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25222 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25225 \begin_layout Standard
25226 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25238 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25239 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25240 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25242 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25248 For informations how this is done, have a look at
25249 \begin_inset Newline newline
25253 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25255 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25267 \begin_layout Standard
25268 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25271 \begin_layout Standard
25272 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25273 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25276 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25304 \begin_inset space ~
25310 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25316 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25325 \begin_layout Standard
25326 When you select the option
25328 Sectioned bibliography
25332 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25335 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25336 This and more specials are explained in detail in section
25338 Customizing Bibliographies
25351 \begin_layout Standard
25352 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25353 the two methods of creating them.
25354 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25355 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25356 We used the style file
25360 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25363 \begin_layout Subsection
25364 Bibliography layout
25368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25369 Bibliography ! Layout
25377 \begin_layout Standard
25378 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25379 For this feature you need to enable the option
25385 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25393 Document ! Settings
25403 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25404 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25405 in the previous section.
25408 \begin_layout Standard
25409 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25410 in the citation reference window.
25411 Here an example where we set the text
25412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25416 \begin_inset space ~
25420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25423 to appear after the reference:
25426 \begin_layout Standard
25428 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25431 key "latexcompanion"
25438 \begin_layout Section
25443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25459 \begin_layout Standard
25460 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25464 \begin_inset space ~
25469 or the toolbar button
25470 \begin_inset Graphics
25471 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25472 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25489 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25490 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25491 by LyX as index entry.
25494 \begin_layout Standard
25495 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25496 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25498 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25500 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25507 \begin_layout Standard
25508 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25511 \begin_layout Standard
25512 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25514 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25516 \begin_inset space ~
25520 \begin_inset space ~
25523 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25525 \begin_inset space ~
25531 A light blue box labeled
25532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25543 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25544 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25547 \begin_layout Subsection
25548 Grouping Index Entries
25552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25561 \begin_layout Standard
25562 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25564 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25565 lists under the entry
25566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25574 First we create the entry
25575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25583 \begin_inset space ~
25587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25589 reference "sub:Lists"
25594 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25595 \begin_inset space ~
25599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25601 reference "sec:Itemize"
25605 , we insert the command
25608 \begin_layout Standard
25614 \begin_layout Standard
25618 \begin_layout Standard
25624 \begin_layout Standard
25625 for the enumerated list in section
25626 \begin_inset space ~
25630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25632 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25639 \begin_layout Standard
25640 The exclamation mark
25641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25648 marks the grouping levels.
25649 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25650 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25651 If we don't have an index entry for
25652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25659 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25662 \begin_layout Subsection
25667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25668 Index ! Page ranges
25676 \begin_layout Standard
25677 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25679 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25680 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25682 \begin_inset space ~
25686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25688 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25695 \begin_layout Standard
25698 Paragraph environments|(
25701 \begin_layout Standard
25702 and another entry at the end of section
25703 \begin_inset space ~
25707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25709 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25716 \begin_layout Standard
25719 Paragraph environments|)
25722 \begin_layout Standard
25724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25747 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25748 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25749 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25750 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25751 An example is the index entry
25752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25755 Document ! Settings
25756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25762 \begin_layout Subsection
25767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25768 Index ! Cross referencing
25776 \begin_layout Standard
25777 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25778 We referred for example in the index entry
25779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25787 \begin_inset space ~
25791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25793 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25797 ) to the index entry
25798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25805 in the same section using the entry
25808 \begin_layout Standard
25811 GIF|see{Image formats}
25814 \begin_layout Standard
25815 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25816 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25817 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25820 \begin_layout Subsection
25825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25826 Index ! Entry order
25834 \begin_layout Standard
25835 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25836 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25837 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25842 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25844 \begin_inset space ~
25848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25850 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25859 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25860 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25889 Dummy entries ! maïs
25898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25899 Dummy entries ! maître
25908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25909 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25914 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25915 order maïs, maison, maître.
25916 To achieve this, we use the command
25919 \begin_layout Standard
25922 previous entry@current entry
25925 \begin_layout Standard
25926 In our case we want to have
25927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25942 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25945 \begin_layout Standard
25951 \begin_layout Standard
25952 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25953 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25957 \begin_layout Subsection
25962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25963 Index ! Entry layout
25971 \begin_layout Standard
25972 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
25976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25979 This is an italic dummy entry
25984 You can also format the page number using the character
25985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25992 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
25993 We can write for example
25996 \begin_layout Standard
25999 italic page number:|textit
26002 \begin_layout Standard
26003 to get the page number in italic.
26007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26008 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26013 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26031 \begin_inset space ~
26037 Have a look at section
26038 \begin_inset space ~
26042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26044 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26048 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26051 \begin_layout Standard
26052 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26060 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26064 to generate the index, see section
26065 \begin_inset space ~
26069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26071 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26080 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26081 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26083 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26086 key "latexcompanion"
26098 \begin_layout Standard
26099 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26101 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26102 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26103 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26104 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26105 If so, put the following in preamble
26108 \begin_layout Standard
26120 \begin_layout Standard
26124 \begin_layout Standard
26130 \begin_layout Standard
26131 into the index entry.
26135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26136 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26141 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26142 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26143 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26146 \begin_layout Standard
26147 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26153 \begin_inset space \space{}
26156 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26157 for all index entries.
26158 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26170 documentation for details,
26171 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26173 key "makeindex,xindy"
26180 \begin_layout Subsection
26185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26194 name "sub:Index-Program"
26201 \begin_layout Standard
26202 When the index entry program
26206 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26207 generation, otherwise the program
26211 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26212 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26213 dialog, see section
26214 \begin_inset space ~
26218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26220 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26225 The available options are listed and explained in
26226 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26228 key "makeindex,xindy"
26233 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26236 \begin_layout Standard
26241 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26242 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26244 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26246 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26247 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26255 \begin_layout Section
26256 Nomenclature / Glossary
26260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26299 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26301 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26308 \begin_layout Standard
26309 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26310 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26314 \begin_layout Standard
26315 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26324 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26330 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26331 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26337 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26340 \begin_layout Standard
26341 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26342 and then use the menu
26344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26350 \begin_inset space ~
26355 or the toolbar button
26356 \begin_inset Graphics
26357 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26358 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26375 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26378 \begin_layout Standard
26379 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26380 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26381 The second is the description of the symbol.
26384 \begin_layout Standard
26385 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26393 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26401 \begin_layout Subsection
26402 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26407 Nomenclature ! Layout
26415 \begin_layout Standard
26416 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26420 field as LaTeX-formula.
26422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26426 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26434 \begin_inset Newline newline
26442 \begin_inset Newline newline
26448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26455 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26456 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26468 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26478 \begin_layout Standard
26479 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26480 \begin_inset space ~
26484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26486 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26493 \begin_layout Standard
26497 \begin_inset space ~
26502 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26503 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26508 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26515 in this document is:
26516 \begin_inset Newline newline
26521 dummy entry for the character
26526 \begin_inset Newline newline
26538 \begin_inset space ~
26548 font use the command
26577 \begin_layout Subsection
26578 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26583 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26591 \begin_layout Standard
26592 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26593 the symbol definition.
26594 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26595 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26598 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26599 LatexCommand nomenclature
26601 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26608 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26612 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26613 LatexCommand nomenclature
26616 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26621 They will be sorted by
26622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26648 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26651 will be sorted before the
26655 since the character
26656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26663 is considered in sorting.
26666 \begin_layout Standard
26667 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26670 \begin_inset space ~
26675 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26676 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26678 For the given example, you can insert
26682 to this field for the
26683 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26690 will be located before
26691 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26697 \begin_layout Standard
26698 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26703 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26712 \begin_layout Subsection
26713 Nomenclature Options
26717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26718 Nomenclature ! Options
26726 \begin_layout Standard
26731 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26732 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26735 \begin_layout Description
26736 refeq Appends the phrase
26737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26752 to every nomenclature entry, where
26758 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26761 \begin_layout Description
26762 refpage Appends the phrase
26763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26778 to every nomenclature entry, where
26784 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26787 \begin_layout Description
26788 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26791 \begin_layout Standard
26792 There are furthermore the options
26836 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26840 \begin_layout Standard
26841 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26842 class options list in the
26844 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26848 In this document the options
26859 \begin_layout Standard
26860 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26866 \begin_layout Standard
26867 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26868 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26873 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26876 \begin_layout Description
26886 \begin_layout Description
26889 nomrefpage Like the
26896 \begin_layout Description
26899 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26908 \begin_layout Description
26912 \begin_inset space ~
26918 \begin_inset space ~
26923 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26926 \begin_layout Subsection
26927 Printing the Nomenclature
26931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26932 Nomenclature ! Printing
26940 \begin_layout Standard
26941 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26943 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26945 \begin_inset space ~
26949 \begin_inset space ~
26952 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26956 A light blue box labeled
26957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26968 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26969 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26972 \begin_layout Standard
26973 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26982 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26990 For example, in order to change the name to
26994 , add the following line to the preamble:
26997 \begin_layout Standard
27005 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27008 \begin_layout Standard
27009 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27015 \begin_layout Standard
27016 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27017 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27020 \begin_layout Standard
27028 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27031 \begin_layout Standard
27034 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27035 \begin_inset space ~
27039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27041 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27046 The default value is 1
27047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27053 \begin_layout Subsection
27054 Nomenclature Program
27058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27059 Nomenclature ! Program
27065 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27067 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27074 \begin_layout Standard
27075 LyX uses the program
27079 to generate the nomenclature, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
27080 LyX's preferences dialog allows to specify another program or to control
27085 by adding options, see section
27086 \begin_inset space ~
27090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27092 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27097 The available options are listed and explained in
27098 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27100 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27107 \begin_layout Section
27112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27123 Document ! Branches
27129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27131 name "sec:Branches"
27138 \begin_layout Standard
27139 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27140 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27141 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27142 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27145 \begin_layout Standard
27146 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27147 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27148 To create a branch, go in the
27150 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27158 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27159 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27162 \begin_layout Standard
27163 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27164 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27166 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27169 where you can choose a branch.
27170 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27173 \begin_layout Standard
27174 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27175 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27178 \begin_layout Standard
27179 \begin_inset Branch Question
27182 \begin_layout Standard
27183 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27191 \begin_layout Standard
27192 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27195 \begin_layout Standard
27196 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27204 \begin_layout Standard
27205 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27211 \begin_layout Standard
27212 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27213 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27215 For example you can define for the question branch
27219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27220 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27221 \begin_inset space ~
27225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27227 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27239 \begin_layout Standard
27249 \begin_layout Standard
27259 \begin_layout Standard
27260 and for the answer branch
27263 \begin_layout Standard
27273 \begin_layout Standard
27283 \begin_layout Standard
27284 \begin_inset Branch Question
27287 \begin_layout Standard
27291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27319 \begin_layout Standard
27320 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27323 \begin_layout Standard
27327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27355 \begin_layout Standard
27356 Now it is possible to use the commands
27360 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27367 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27370 to obtain conditional output.
27371 Here is an example formula where only the
27378 \begin_inset Formula \[
27379 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27386 \begin_layout Standard
27387 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27395 \begin_layout Section
27397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27399 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27416 \begin_layout Standard
27421 dialog provides under
27425 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27426 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27435 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27443 \begin_layout Standard
27448 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27449 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27450 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27452 You can specify in the dialog tab
27456 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27458 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27459 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27463 \begin_layout Standard
27468 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27469 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27470 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27472 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27473 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27475 \begin_inset space ~
27478 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27479 \begin_inset space ~
27482 1 will only display the sections.
27485 \begin_layout Standard
27486 The header informations in the dialog tab
27490 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27491 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27496 \begin_inset space \space{}
27499 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27500 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27503 Automatic fill header
27505 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27506 title and author settings.
27509 \begin_layout Standard
27512 Load in fullscreen mode
27514 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27517 \begin_layout Standard
27518 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27519 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27525 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27526 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27535 \begin_layout Section
27536 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27539 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27546 \begin_layout Subsection
27551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27560 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27567 \begin_layout Standard
27568 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27569 constructs, but not all.
27570 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27571 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27572 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27573 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27574 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27578 \begin_layout Standard
27579 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27581 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27583 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27585 \begin_inset space ~
27590 or by the toolbar button
27591 \begin_inset Graphics
27592 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27597 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27601 \begin_layout Standard
27602 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27603 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27604 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27611 , you can write the command part
27617 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27621 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27622 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27623 the following example:
27626 \begin_layout Standard
27627 \begin_inset Graphics
27628 filename clipart/ERT.png
27636 \begin_layout Standard
27640 \begin_layout Standard
27641 This is a line with a
27645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27668 \begin_layout Standard
27669 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27677 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27678 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27686 \begin_layout Subsection
27687 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27688 \begin_inset OptArg
27691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27710 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27717 \begin_layout Standard
27718 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27719 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27720 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27729 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27730 every time if you know the right commands.
27732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27736 \begin_inset space \space{}
27739 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27740 the end of the day.
27741 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27742 all caption labels bold.
27743 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27745 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27748 \begin_layout Standard
27749 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27750 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27751 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27753 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27762 \begin_layout Standard
27763 As result you know that the package
27771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27772 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27778 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27780 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27786 \begin_layout Standard
27791 usepackage[options]{package name}
27794 \begin_layout Standard
27795 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27796 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27797 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27800 \begin_layout Standard
27801 In your case the package name is
27806 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27811 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27812 So you add the command
27815 \begin_layout Standard
27820 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27823 \begin_layout Standard
27824 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27829 For more commands provided by the
27833 package, have a look at its documentation,
27834 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27848 \begin_layout Standard
27849 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27851 For example if you use a
27855 class, you don't need the package
27859 , you can instead write
27862 \begin_layout Standard
27867 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27872 \begin_layout Standard
27873 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27874 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27875 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27882 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27885 \begin_layout Standard
27886 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27887 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27889 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
27890 the previous section.
27893 \begin_layout Standard
27894 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27896 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27898 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27906 \begin_layout Section
27907 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27910 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27937 \begin_layout Standard
27938 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27939 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27940 to break your train of thought with
27942 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27948 \begin_layout Standard
27949 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27950 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27959 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27964 as explained below, and turn on
27967 \begin_inset space ~
27974 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27980 \begin_inset space ~
27984 \begin_inset space ~
27987 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27993 \begin_layout Standard
27994 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27996 Previews of an already loaded document are
28000 generated just by selecting the
28003 \begin_inset space ~
28008 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28011 \begin_layout Standard
28012 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28013 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28016 \begin_inset space ~
28021 check box in the insert dialog.
28022 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28026 \begin_layout Standard
28027 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28031 (on some systems named simply
28036 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28038 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28044 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28045 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28053 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28057 \begin_layout Standard
28058 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28064 \begin_layout Standard
28065 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28069 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28071 \begin_inset space ~
28076 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28077 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28079 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28080 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28081 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28082 the source view window.
28085 \begin_layout Section
28087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28089 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28106 \begin_layout Standard
28107 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28108 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28125 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28131 can be seen as successor of
28135 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28140 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28141 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28149 \begin_layout Standard
28150 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28151 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28158 \begin_layout Standard
28161 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28164 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28165 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28166 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28167 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28168 scrolled so that it is visible.
28173 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28175 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28179 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28180 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28183 \begin_layout Standard
28184 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28187 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28191 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28192 will bring an error message.
28193 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28194 specifying a different
28196 Alternative language
28198 in preferences dialog.
28201 \begin_layout Standard
28202 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28205 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28209 \begin_layout Standard
28210 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28211 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28213 But you can use the
28216 \begin_inset space ~
28220 \begin_inset space ~
28228 \begin_layout Standard
28229 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28230 This does work with
28234 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28237 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28241 \begin_layout Standard
28246 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28249 \begin_layout Description
28251 \begin_inset space ~
28254 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28255 should consider, e.
28256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28260 \begin_inset space \space{}
28263 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28264 This should not normally be needed.
28267 \begin_layout Description
28269 \begin_inset space ~
28272 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28273 as your personal dictionary
28276 \begin_layout Description
28278 \begin_inset space ~
28282 \begin_inset space ~
28285 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28297 \begin_layout Description
28299 \begin_inset space ~
28303 \begin_inset space ~
28306 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28315 also for the spellchecker.
28319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28320 The encodings are explained in section
28321 \begin_inset space ~
28325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28327 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28336 Only enable this if you use
28340 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28341 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28342 so this is disabled by default.
28345 \begin_layout Section
28350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28359 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28366 \begin_layout Standard
28367 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28370 \begin_layout Standard
28371 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28374 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28377 or the toolbar button
28378 \begin_inset Graphics
28379 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28380 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28381 rotateOrigin center
28386 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28390 \begin_layout Standard
28391 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28392 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28393 cases to find related words.
28396 \begin_layout Standard
28397 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28399 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28407 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28416 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28435 \begin_layout Section
28440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28451 Document ! Change Tracking
28457 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28459 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28466 \begin_layout Standard
28467 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28468 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28469 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28470 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28472 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28474 \begin_inset space ~
28477 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28479 \begin_inset space ~
28487 \begin_layout Standard
28488 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28497 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28500 \begin_inset space ~
28504 \begin_inset space ~
28517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28526 \begin_layout Standard
28527 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28540 \begin_layout Standard
28541 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28547 \begin_layout Standard
28548 \begin_inset Graphics
28549 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28556 \begin_layout Standard
28557 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28563 \begin_layout Standard
28564 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28568 \begin_layout Standard
28569 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28575 \begin_layout Standard
28576 \begin_inset Tabular
28577 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28578 <features islongtable="true">
28579 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28580 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28581 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28586 \begin_inset Graphics
28587 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28588 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28589 rotateOrigin center
28598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28604 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28606 \begin_inset space ~
28609 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28611 \begin_inset space ~
28620 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28625 \begin_inset Graphics
28626 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28627 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28628 rotateOrigin center
28637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28643 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28645 \begin_inset space ~
28648 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28650 \begin_inset space ~
28654 \begin_inset space ~
28658 \begin_inset space ~
28667 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28672 \begin_inset Graphics
28673 filename ../images/change-next.png
28674 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28675 rotateOrigin center
28684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28688 Jumps to the next change
28694 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28699 \begin_inset Graphics
28700 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28701 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28702 rotateOrigin center
28711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28717 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28719 \begin_inset space ~
28722 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28724 \begin_inset space ~
28733 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28738 \begin_inset Graphics
28739 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28740 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28741 rotateOrigin center
28750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28756 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28758 \begin_inset space ~
28761 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28763 \begin_inset space ~
28772 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28777 \begin_inset Graphics
28778 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28779 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28780 rotateOrigin center
28789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28795 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28797 \begin_inset space ~
28800 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28802 \begin_inset space ~
28811 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28816 \begin_inset Graphics
28817 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28818 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28819 rotateOrigin center
28828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28834 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28836 \begin_inset space ~
28839 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28841 \begin_inset space ~
28845 \begin_inset space ~
28854 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28859 \begin_inset Graphics
28860 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28861 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28862 rotateOrigin center
28871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28877 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28879 \begin_inset space ~
28882 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28884 \begin_inset space ~
28888 \begin_inset space ~
28897 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28902 \begin_inset Graphics
28903 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28904 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28905 rotateOrigin center
28914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28921 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28923 \begin_inset space ~
28932 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28937 \begin_inset Graphics
28938 filename ../images/note-next.png
28939 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28940 rotateOrigin center
28949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28955 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28957 \begin_inset space ~
28973 \begin_layout Standard
28974 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28980 \begin_layout Standard
28981 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28982 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28983 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28984 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28985 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28986 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28987 step to the next change.
28988 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28991 \begin_layout Standard
28992 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28993 to describe a change.
28996 \begin_layout Standard
28997 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29006 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29012 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29013 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29019 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29022 \begin_layout Section
29023 International Support
29027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29028 International support
29036 \begin_layout Standard
29037 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29038 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29039 how to set up LyX to use them:
29040 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29042 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29049 \begin_layout Standard
29050 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29051 \begin_inset space ~
29055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29057 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29064 \begin_layout Subsection
29069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29080 Document ! Settings
29089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29090 Document ! Language
29098 \begin_layout Standard
29101 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29104 dialog lets you set
29106 the language and character encoding for your language.
29110 \begin_layout Standard
29111 Choose your language in the
29115 section of this dialog.
29123 \begin_layout Standard
29128 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29132 use language's default encoding
29134 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29135 For details about the different encoding options see section
29136 \begin_inset space ~
29140 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29142 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29149 \begin_layout Subsection
29150 Keyboard mapping configuration
29151 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29153 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29160 \begin_layout Standard
29161 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29162 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29163 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29164 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29165 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29167 \begin_inset space ~
29171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29173 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29178 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29179 which one you want to use.
29182 \begin_layout Standard
29183 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29184 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29185 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29186 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29187 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29188 one to support the characters you want.
29189 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29196 \begin_layout Subsection
29200 \begin_layout Standard
29202 \begin_inset space ~
29206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29208 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29217 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29221 \begin_layout Standard
29222 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29223 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29231 \begin_layout Itemize
29232 Even if you have selected
29238 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29241 dialog, users who have only the
29245 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29249 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29250 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29251 french quotes won't show up.
29254 \begin_layout Standard
29255 \begin_inset Float table
29260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29261 \begin_inset Caption
29263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29266 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29284 \begin_inset Tabular
29285 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29287 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29288 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29289 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29290 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29291 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29292 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29293 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29294 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29295 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29296 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29297 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29298 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29299 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29300 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29301 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29302 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29303 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33716 \begin_layout Standard
33717 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33719 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33720 also the characters from
33732 \begin_layout Itemize
33741 \begin_layout Standard
33742 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33743 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33749 \begin_layout Standard
33750 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33751 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33757 \begin_layout Standard
33758 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33759 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33765 \begin_layout Standard
33766 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33767 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33773 \begin_layout Standard
33775 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33781 \begin_layout Standard
33783 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33789 \begin_layout Standard
33791 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33798 \begin_layout Itemize
33811 \begin_layout Standard
33813 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33819 \begin_layout Standard
33821 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33827 \begin_layout Standard
33829 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33835 \begin_layout Standard
33837 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33843 \begin_layout Standard
33845 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33851 \begin_layout Standard
33853 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33860 \begin_layout Standard
33861 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33862 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33863 Also make sure you're using the
33870 \begin_layout Chapter
33873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33875 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33882 \begin_layout Standard
33883 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33884 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33885 inside the user's guide.
33888 \begin_layout Section
33893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33902 \begin_layout Standard
33907 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33908 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33911 \begin_layout Subsection
33915 \begin_layout Standard
33916 Creates a new document.
33919 \begin_layout Subsection
33923 \begin_layout Standard
33924 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33925 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33926 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33929 \begin_layout Subsection
33933 \begin_layout Standard
33937 \begin_layout Subsection
33941 \begin_layout Standard
33942 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33943 Click there on a file to open it.
33946 \begin_layout Subsection
33950 \begin_layout Standard
33951 Closes the current document.
33954 \begin_layout Subsection
33958 \begin_layout Standard
33959 Saves the actual document.
33962 \begin_layout Subsection
33966 \begin_layout Standard
33967 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33970 \begin_layout Subsection
33974 \begin_layout Standard
33975 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33978 \begin_layout Subsection
33982 \begin_layout Standard
33983 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33984 It is described in the section
33986 Version Control in LyX
33991 \begin_inset space ~
33999 \begin_layout Subsection
34003 \begin_layout Standard
34004 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34005 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34006 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34009 \begin_layout Standard
34010 When using the menu
34013 \begin_inset space ~
34017 \begin_inset space ~
34022 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34023 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34024 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34025 will start a new paragraph.
34028 \begin_layout Subsection
34030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34039 \begin_layout Standard
34040 You can export your document to various file formats.
34041 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34042 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34043 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34046 \begin_layout Standard
34047 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34049 \begin_inset space ~
34053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34055 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34062 \begin_layout Description
34066 \begin_inset space ~
34071 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34072 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34075 \begin_layout Description
34083 \begin_layout Description
34084 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34088 \begin_layout Description
34090 \begin_inset space ~
34094 \begin_inset space ~
34097 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34101 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34109 \begin_layout Description
34116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34124 \begin_inset space ~
34129 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34130 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34134 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34137 \begin_layout Description
34144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34152 \begin_inset space ~
34157 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34158 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34166 \begin_layout Description
34168 \begin_inset space ~
34171 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34179 is replaced by the version number)
34182 \begin_layout Description
34183 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34196 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34200 \begin_layout Description
34205 PDF-format using the program
34210 \begin_layout Description
34214 \begin_inset space ~
34219 PDF-format using the program
34224 \begin_layout Description
34228 \begin_inset space ~
34233 PDF-format using the program
34238 \begin_layout Description
34242 \begin_inset space ~
34250 \begin_layout Description
34254 \begin_inset space ~
34258 \begin_inset space ~
34263 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34264 and then exported as text using the program
34269 \begin_layout Description
34274 PostScript format using the program
34279 \begin_layout Description
34287 \begin_layout Standard
34292 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34293 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34299 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34302 \begin_layout Standard
34303 If one of the menu entries
34310 \begin_inset space ~
34319 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34320 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34321 \begin_inset space ~
34325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34327 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34336 Reconfiguration of LyX
34344 \begin_layout Standard
34349 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34350 the export program.
34353 \begin_layout Subsection
34357 \begin_layout Standard
34358 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34359 or send it to a printer.
34360 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34361 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34367 For more informations have a look at section
34368 \begin_inset space ~
34372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34374 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34381 \begin_layout Subsection
34382 New and Close Window
34385 \begin_layout Standard
34386 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34387 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34390 \begin_layout Section
34395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34404 \begin_layout Subsection
34408 \begin_layout Standard
34409 Described in section
34410 \begin_inset space ~
34414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34416 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34423 \begin_layout Subsection
34424 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34427 \begin_layout Standard
34428 Described in section
34429 \begin_inset space ~
34433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34435 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34442 \begin_layout Subsection
34446 \begin_layout Standard
34447 Selects the whole document.
34450 \begin_layout Subsection
34454 \begin_layout Standard
34455 Described in section
34456 \begin_inset space ~
34460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34462 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34469 \begin_layout Subsection
34470 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34473 \begin_layout Standard
34474 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34478 \begin_layout Subsection
34482 \begin_layout Standard
34483 Described in section
34484 \begin_inset space ~
34488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34490 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34497 \begin_layout Subsection
34502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34503 Paragraph ! Settings
34511 \begin_layout Standard
34512 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34514 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34517 \begin_layout Standard
34518 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34519 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34522 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34528 \begin_inset space ~
34536 \begin_layout Subsection
34540 \begin_layout Standard
34541 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34542 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34543 The properties of tables are described in section
34544 \begin_inset space ~
34548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34550 reference "sec:Tables"
34554 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34555 \begin_inset space ~
34559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34561 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34568 \begin_layout Subsection
34569 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34572 \begin_layout Standard
34573 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34575 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34576 \begin_inset space ~
34580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34582 reference "sec:Nesting"
34587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34589 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34596 \begin_layout Section
34601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34610 \begin_layout Standard
34615 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34616 document with an external program.
34617 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34618 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34619 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34620 \begin_inset space ~
34624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34626 reference "sub:Export"
34631 You should at least see the menu entries
34638 \begin_inset space ~
34644 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34645 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34646 \begin_inset space ~
34650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34652 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34661 Reconfiguration of LyX
34669 \begin_layout Standard
34670 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34671 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34672 \begin_inset space ~
34676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34678 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34683 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34686 \begin_layout Standard
34687 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34690 At the bottom of the
34694 menu the opened documents are listed.
34697 \begin_layout Subsection
34698 Open/Close all Insets
34701 \begin_layout Standard
34702 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
34705 \begin_layout Subsection
34706 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
34709 \begin_layout Standard
34710 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
34713 \begin_layout Standard
34714 Math macros are described in the
34721 \begin_layout Subsection
34725 \begin_layout Standard
34726 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34728 \begin_inset space ~
34732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34734 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34741 \begin_layout Subsection
34745 \begin_layout Standard
34746 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34747 opening a new view window.
34750 \begin_layout Subsection
34754 \begin_layout Standard
34755 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
34756 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
34757 the same document, but at different positions.
34758 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
34759 or more documents the same time.
34760 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
34767 \begin_layout Subsection
34771 \begin_layout Standard
34772 Closes a split view.
34775 \begin_layout Subsection
34779 \begin_layout Standard
34780 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
34781 that you will see nothing than your text.
34782 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
34783 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
34784 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
34787 \begin_layout Subsection
34789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34791 name "sub:Toolbars"
34799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34808 \begin_layout Standard
34809 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34810 All toolbars and the
34813 \begin_inset space ~
34818 can be turned on and off.
34823 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34835 \begin_inset space ~
34844 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34848 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34855 \begin_layout Standard
34860 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34864 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34865 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34866 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34867 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34868 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34871 \begin_layout Standard
34872 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34873 \begin_inset space ~
34877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34879 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34886 \begin_layout Section
34891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34900 \begin_layout Subsection
34904 \begin_layout Standard
34905 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34906 \begin_inset space ~
34910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34912 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34923 \begin_layout Subsection
34925 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34927 name "sub:Special-Character"
34934 \begin_layout Standard
34935 Here you can insert the following characters:
34938 \begin_layout Description
34939 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
34940 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
34941 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
34942 \begin_inset Newline newline
34946 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
34949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34954 Not all characters will be visible in the
34958 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
34960 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
34964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34966 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
34970 ) can display every character.
34978 \begin_layout Description
34979 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34983 \begin_layout Description
34985 \begin_inset space ~
34989 \begin_inset space ~
34992 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34993 \begin_inset space ~
34997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34999 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35006 \begin_layout Description
35008 \begin_inset space ~
35011 Quote Inserts this quote:
35012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35015 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35017 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35027 \begin_layout Description
35029 \begin_inset space ~
35032 Quote Inserts this quote:
35033 \begin_inset Quotes els
35039 \begin_layout Description
35041 \begin_inset space ~
35044 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35048 \begin_layout Description
35050 \begin_inset space ~
35053 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35057 \begin_layout Description
35059 \begin_inset space ~
35062 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35066 \begin_layout Description
35068 \begin_inset space ~
35075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35086 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35091 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35092 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35093 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35102 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35108 \begin_inset Newline newline
35111 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35115 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35123 and this Wiki-page:
35124 \begin_inset Newline newline
35128 \begin_inset Flex URL
35131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35133 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35141 \begin_layout Subsection
35145 \begin_layout Standard
35146 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35149 \begin_layout Description
35150 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35151 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35157 \begin_layout Description
35158 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35159 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35165 \begin_layout Description
35167 \begin_inset space ~
35170 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35171 \begin_inset space ~
35175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35177 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35184 \begin_layout Description
35186 \begin_inset space ~
35189 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35190 \begin_inset space ~
35194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35196 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35203 \begin_layout Description
35205 \begin_inset space ~
35208 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35209 \begin_inset space ~
35213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35215 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35222 \begin_layout Description
35224 \begin_inset space ~
35227 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35228 \begin_inset space ~
35232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35234 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35241 \begin_layout Description
35243 \begin_inset space ~
35246 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35247 \begin_inset space ~
35251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35253 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35260 \begin_layout Description
35262 \begin_inset space ~
35265 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35266 \begin_inset space ~
35270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35272 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35279 \begin_layout Description
35281 \begin_inset space ~
35284 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35285 \begin_inset space ~
35289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35291 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35298 \begin_layout Description
35300 \begin_inset space ~
35303 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35304 \begin_inset space ~
35308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35310 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35317 \begin_layout Description
35319 \begin_inset space ~
35323 \begin_inset space ~
35326 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35327 \begin_inset space ~
35331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35333 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35340 \begin_layout Description
35342 \begin_inset space ~
35345 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35346 text line to the page border, see section
35347 \begin_inset space ~
35351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35353 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35360 \begin_layout Description
35362 \begin_inset space ~
35365 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35366 \begin_inset space ~
35370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35372 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35379 \begin_layout Description
35381 \begin_inset space ~
35384 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35385 text page to the page border, described in section
35386 \begin_inset space ~
35390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35392 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35399 \begin_layout Description
35401 \begin_inset space ~
35404 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35405 \begin_inset space ~
35409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35411 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35418 \begin_layout Description
35420 \begin_inset space ~
35424 \begin_inset space ~
35427 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35428 \begin_inset space ~
35432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35434 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35441 \begin_layout Subsection
35445 \begin_layout Standard
35446 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35447 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35449 \begin_inset space ~
35453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35455 reference "sec:toc"
35460 The index list is described in section
35461 \begin_inset space ~
35465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35467 reference "sec:Index"
35471 , the nomenclature in section
35472 \begin_inset space ~
35476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35478 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35482 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35483 \begin_inset space ~
35487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35489 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35496 \begin_layout Subsection
35500 \begin_layout Standard
35501 To insert floats, described in section
35502 \begin_inset space ~
35506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35508 reference "sec:Floats"
35515 \begin_layout Subsection
35519 \begin_layout Standard
35520 To insert notes, described in section
35521 \begin_inset space ~
35525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35527 reference "sec:Notes"
35534 \begin_layout Subsection
35538 \begin_layout Standard
35539 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35540 \begin_inset space ~
35544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35546 reference "sec:Branches"
35553 \begin_layout Subsection
35558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35567 \begin_layout Standard
35568 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35569 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35580 \begin_layout Subsection
35585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35594 \begin_layout Standard
35595 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35596 \begin_inset space ~
35600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35602 reference "sec:Minipages"
35607 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35618 \begin_layout Subsection
35622 \begin_layout Standard
35623 Inserts a citation as described in section
35624 \begin_inset space ~
35628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35630 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35637 \begin_layout Subsection
35641 \begin_layout Standard
35642 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35643 \begin_inset space ~
35647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35649 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35656 \begin_layout Subsection
35660 \begin_layout Standard
35661 Inserts a label as described in section
35662 \begin_inset space ~
35666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35668 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35675 \begin_layout Subsection
35680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35691 Longtables ! Caption
35699 \begin_layout Standard
35700 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35701 Floats are described in section
35702 \begin_inset space ~
35706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35708 reference "sec:Floats"
35712 , captions in longtables are described in section
35723 \begin_layout Subsection
35727 \begin_layout Standard
35728 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35729 \begin_inset space ~
35733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35735 reference "sec:Index"
35742 \begin_layout Subsection
35746 \begin_layout Standard
35747 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35748 \begin_inset space ~
35752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35754 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35761 \begin_layout Subsection
35765 \begin_layout Standard
35767 Tables are described in section
35768 \begin_inset space ~
35772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35774 reference "sec:Tables"
35781 \begin_layout Subsection
35785 \begin_layout Standard
35787 Graphics are described in section
35788 \begin_inset space ~
35792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35794 reference "sec:Graphics"
35801 \begin_layout Subsection
35805 \begin_layout Standard
35806 Inserts an URL as described in section
35807 \begin_inset space ~
35811 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35813 reference "sub:URLs"
35820 \begin_layout Subsection
35824 \begin_layout Standard
35825 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
35826 \begin_inset space ~
35830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35832 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
35839 \begin_layout Subsection
35843 \begin_layout Standard
35844 Inserts a footnote, see section
35845 \begin_inset space ~
35849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35851 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35858 \begin_layout Subsection
35862 \begin_layout Standard
35863 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35864 \begin_inset space ~
35868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35870 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35877 \begin_layout Subsection
35881 \begin_layout Standard
35882 Inserts a short title, see section
35883 \begin_inset space ~
35887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35889 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35896 \begin_layout Subsection
35900 \begin_layout Standard
35901 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35902 \begin_inset space ~
35906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35908 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35915 \begin_layout Subsection
35920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35929 \begin_layout Standard
35930 Inserts a program listings box.
35931 Program listings are explained in chapter
35933 Program Code Listings
35942 \begin_layout Subsection
35946 \begin_layout Standard
35947 Inserts the actual date.
35948 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
35950 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35960 There the different methods are also compared.
35963 \begin_layout Section
35968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35977 \begin_layout Standard
35978 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
35979 \begin_inset space ~
35982 of the current document.
35983 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35986 \begin_layout Subsection
35990 \begin_layout Standard
35991 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35992 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35994 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35998 \begin_inset space \space{}
36002 \begin_inset space ~
36006 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36007 \begin_inset space ~
36010 2.5 and use the menu
36013 \begin_inset space ~
36017 \begin_inset space ~
36024 \begin_inset space ~
36030 \begin_inset space ~
36034 \begin_inset space ~
36040 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36044 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36050 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36056 \begin_layout Standard
36057 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36058 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36061 \begin_layout Subsection
36062 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36065 \begin_layout Standard
36066 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36070 \begin_layout Subsection
36074 \begin_layout Standard
36075 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36076 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36077 on a cross-reference box.
36080 \begin_layout Section
36085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36094 \begin_layout Subsection
36098 \begin_layout Standard
36099 Change Tracking is described in section
36100 \begin_inset space ~
36104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36106 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36113 \begin_layout Subsection
36118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36128 \begin_layout Standard
36129 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36131 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36134 \begin_layout Standard
36135 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36140 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36143 \begin_layout Subsection
36147 \begin_layout Standard
36148 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36149 \begin_inset space ~
36153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36155 reference "sec:Navigating"
36160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36162 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36169 \begin_layout Subsection
36170 Start Appendix Here
36173 \begin_layout Standard
36174 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36175 position as described in section
36176 \begin_inset space ~
36180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36182 reference "sec:Appendices"
36189 \begin_layout Subsection
36193 \begin_layout Standard
36194 Un/compresses the actual document.
36197 \begin_layout Subsection
36201 \begin_layout Standard
36202 The document settings are described in appendix
36203 \begin_inset space ~
36207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36209 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36216 \begin_layout Section
36221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36230 \begin_layout Subsection
36234 \begin_layout Standard
36235 Spell checking is explained in section
36236 \begin_inset space ~
36240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36242 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36249 \begin_layout Subsection
36253 \begin_layout Standard
36254 The thesaurus is described in section
36255 \begin_inset space ~
36259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36261 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36268 \begin_layout Subsection
36273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36292 \begin_layout Standard
36293 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36294 highlighted document part.
36297 \begin_layout Subsection
36302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36311 \begin_layout Standard
36312 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36315 \begin_layout Subsection
36320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36321 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36332 Reconfiguration of LyX
36336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36353 Reconfiguration of LyX
36361 \begin_layout Standard
36362 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36363 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36364 \begin_inset space ~
36368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36370 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36377 \begin_layout Subsection
36381 \begin_layout Standard
36382 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36389 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36396 \begin_layout Section
36401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36410 \begin_layout Standard
36411 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36415 \begin_layout Standard
36419 \begin_inset space ~
36424 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36425 found by LyX (see also section
36426 \begin_inset space ~
36430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36432 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36439 \begin_layout Section
36441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36443 name "sec:Toolbars"
36450 \begin_layout Standard
36451 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36452 \begin_inset space ~
36456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36458 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36465 \begin_layout Standard
36466 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36467 This is described in the
36469 Additional Features
36474 \begin_layout Subsection
36479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36488 \begin_layout Standard
36489 \begin_inset Graphics
36490 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36498 \begin_layout Standard
36499 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36505 \begin_layout Standard
36506 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36523 \begin_inset Note Note
36526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36527 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36532 manual for more information.
36540 \begin_layout Standard
36541 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36547 \begin_layout Standard
36548 \begin_inset Tabular
36549 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36550 <features islongtable="true">
36551 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36552 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36558 \begin_inset Graphics
36559 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36573 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36586 \begin_layout Standard
36587 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36593 \begin_layout Standard
36595 \begin_inset Tabular
36596 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36597 <features islongtable="true">
36598 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36599 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36607 \begin_inset Graphics
36608 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36609 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36624 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36631 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36636 \begin_inset Graphics
36637 filename ../images/file-open.png
36638 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36653 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36660 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36665 \begin_inset Graphics
36666 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36667 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36682 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36689 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36694 \begin_inset Graphics
36695 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36696 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36711 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36718 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36723 \begin_inset Graphics
36724 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36725 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36740 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36747 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36752 \begin_inset Graphics
36753 filename ../images/undo.png
36754 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36769 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36776 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36781 \begin_inset Graphics
36782 filename ../images/redo.png
36783 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36798 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36810 \begin_inset Graphics
36811 filename ../images/cut.png
36812 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36827 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36834 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36839 \begin_inset Graphics
36840 filename ../images/copy.png
36841 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36856 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36863 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36868 \begin_inset Graphics
36869 filename ../images/paste.png
36870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36885 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36892 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36897 \begin_inset Graphics
36898 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
36899 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36900 rotateOrigin center
36909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36915 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36917 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36921 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36930 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36935 \begin_inset Graphics
36936 filename ../images/font-emph.png
36937 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36950 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
36952 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
36954 \begin_inset space ~
36965 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36970 \begin_inset Graphics
36971 filename ../images/font-noun.png
36972 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36985 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
36987 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
36989 \begin_inset space ~
37000 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37005 \begin_inset Graphics
37006 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37007 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37020 Formats text using the current settings in the
37022 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37024 \begin_inset space ~
37035 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37040 \begin_inset Graphics
37041 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37042 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37057 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37058 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37060 \begin_inset space ~
37069 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37074 \begin_inset Graphics
37075 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37076 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37077 rotateOrigin center
37086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37092 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37099 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37104 \begin_inset Graphics
37105 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37106 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37107 rotateOrigin center
37116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37122 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37129 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37134 \begin_inset Graphics
37135 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37136 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37137 rotateOrigin center
37146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37150 Toggle outline window on/off,
37152 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37159 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37164 \begin_inset Graphics
37165 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37166 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37167 rotateOrigin center
37176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37180 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37186 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37191 \begin_inset Graphics
37192 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37193 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37194 rotateOrigin center
37203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37207 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37220 \begin_layout Subsection
37225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37234 \begin_layout Standard
37235 \begin_inset Graphics
37236 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37244 \begin_layout Standard
37245 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37251 \begin_layout Standard
37252 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37256 \begin_layout Standard
37257 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37263 \begin_layout Standard
37264 \begin_inset Tabular
37265 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37266 <features islongtable="true">
37267 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37268 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37269 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37274 \begin_inset Graphics
37275 filename ../images/layout.png
37276 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37277 rotateOrigin center
37286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37296 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37301 \begin_inset Graphics
37302 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37303 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37304 rotateOrigin center
37313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37323 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37328 \begin_inset Graphics
37329 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37330 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37331 rotateOrigin center
37340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37350 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37355 \begin_inset Graphics
37356 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37357 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37358 rotateOrigin center
37367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37377 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37382 \begin_inset Graphics
37383 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37384 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37385 rotateOrigin center
37394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37404 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37409 \begin_inset Graphics
37410 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37411 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37412 rotateOrigin center
37421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37427 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37429 \begin_inset space ~
37433 \begin_inset space ~
37442 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37447 \begin_inset Graphics
37448 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37449 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37450 rotateOrigin center
37459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37465 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37467 \begin_inset space ~
37471 \begin_inset space ~
37480 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37485 \begin_inset Graphics
37486 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37487 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37503 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37510 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37515 \begin_inset Graphics
37516 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37517 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37532 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37533 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37540 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37545 \begin_inset Graphics
37546 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37547 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37569 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37574 \begin_inset Graphics
37575 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37576 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37591 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37598 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37603 \begin_inset Graphics
37604 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37627 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37632 \begin_inset Graphics
37633 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37634 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37649 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37651 \begin_inset space ~
37660 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37665 \begin_inset Graphics
37666 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37667 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37682 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37684 \begin_inset space ~
37693 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37698 \begin_inset Graphics
37699 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37700 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37715 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37722 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37727 \begin_inset Graphics
37728 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37729 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37730 rotateOrigin center
37739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37745 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37747 \begin_inset space ~
37756 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37761 \begin_inset Graphics
37762 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37763 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37778 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37779 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37781 \begin_inset space ~
37790 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37795 \begin_inset Graphics
37796 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37797 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37812 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37819 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37824 \begin_inset Graphics
37825 filename ../images/url-insert.png
37826 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37841 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37853 \begin_inset Graphics
37854 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
37855 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37870 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37892 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37897 \begin_inset Graphics
37898 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
37899 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37914 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37915 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37922 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37927 \begin_inset Graphics
37928 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
37929 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37945 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37947 \begin_inset space ~
37956 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37961 \begin_inset Graphics
37962 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
37963 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37964 rotateOrigin center
37973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37979 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37981 \begin_inset space ~
37990 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37995 \begin_inset Graphics
37996 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
37997 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37998 rotateOrigin center
38007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38013 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38015 \begin_inset space ~
38024 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38029 \begin_inset Graphics
38030 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38031 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38032 rotateOrigin center
38041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38047 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38061 \begin_layout Subsection
38062 View / Update Toolbar
38066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38067 Toolbar ! View / Update
38075 \begin_layout Standard
38076 \begin_inset Graphics
38077 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38084 \begin_layout Standard
38085 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38091 \begin_layout Standard
38092 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38096 \begin_layout Standard
38097 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38103 \begin_layout Standard
38104 \begin_inset Tabular
38105 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38106 <features islongtable="true">
38107 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38108 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38109 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38114 \begin_inset Graphics
38115 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38116 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38117 rotateOrigin center
38126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38132 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38139 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38144 \begin_inset Graphics
38145 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38146 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38147 rotateOrigin center
38156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38162 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38163 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38170 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38175 \begin_inset Graphics
38176 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38177 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38178 rotateOrigin center
38187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38193 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38200 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38205 \begin_inset Graphics
38206 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38207 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38208 rotateOrigin center
38217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38223 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38224 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38231 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38236 \begin_inset Graphics
38237 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38238 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38239 rotateOrigin center
38248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38254 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38261 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38266 \begin_inset Graphics
38267 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38268 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38269 rotateOrigin center
38278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38284 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38285 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38299 \begin_layout Subsection
38303 \begin_layout Standard
38304 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38305 \begin_inset space ~
38309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38311 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38315 , the table toolbar
38319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38329 manual, the math macro toolbar
38333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38346 \begin_layout Chapter
38347 The Document Settings
38348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38350 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38359 Document ! Settings
38367 \begin_layout Standard
38368 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38369 whole document and is called with the menu
38371 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38375 You can save your document settings as default with th
38377 e Save as Document Defaults
38379 button in the dialog.
38380 This will create a template name
38388 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38392 \begin_layout Standard
38393 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38396 \begin_layout Section
38400 \begin_layout Standard
38401 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38403 Document classes are described in section
38404 \begin_inset space ~
38408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38410 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38415 Some classes use some class options by default.
38416 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38420 and you can decide to use them or not.
38421 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38422 recommended not to touch them.
38423 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38429 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38430 It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
38434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38435 When you want one of the following drivers
38436 \begin_inset Newline newline
38439 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38440 \begin_inset Newline newline
38443 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38448 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38450 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38462 \begin_layout Standard
38463 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38464 child or subdocument.
38465 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38466 without its master.
38467 This way child documents are always compileable.
38468 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38479 \begin_layout Section
38483 \begin_layout Standard
38484 Modules are explained in section
38485 \begin_inset space ~
38489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38491 reference "sub:Modules"
38498 \begin_layout Section
38502 \begin_layout Standard
38503 The document font settings are described in section
38504 \begin_inset space ~
38508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38510 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38517 \begin_layout Section
38521 \begin_layout Standard
38522 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38524 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38528 \begin_layout Standard
38529 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38530 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38531 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38534 \begin_layout Standard
38535 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38543 \begin_layout Section
38547 \begin_layout Standard
38548 A description of this menu is given in section
38549 \begin_inset space ~
38553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38555 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38562 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38569 \begin_layout Section
38573 \begin_layout Standard
38574 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38575 \begin_inset space ~
38579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38581 reference "sub:Margins"
38588 \begin_layout Section
38593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38594 Language ! Encoding
38602 \begin_layout Standard
38603 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38604 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38605 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38606 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38607 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38608 known for a particular character).
38612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38613 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38614 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
38619 manual for details.
38627 \begin_layout Standard
38628 If you use the option
38632 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
38633 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
38634 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
38635 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
38636 exactly one encoding.
38637 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
38645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38646 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
38647 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
38649 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
38650 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38664 \begin_layout Standard
38665 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
38666 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
38667 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
38668 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
38669 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
38670 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
38675 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
38676 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
38677 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
38680 \begin_layout Standard
38681 Here is a list with the important encodings:
38684 \begin_layout Description
38686 \begin_inset space ~
38690 \begin_inset space ~
38694 \begin_inset space ~
38701 , but the LaTeX-package
38709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38710 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
38716 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
38717 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
38718 languages in TeX code.
38721 \begin_layout Description
38722 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
38723 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
38724 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
38727 \begin_layout Description
38729 \begin_inset space ~
38733 \begin_inset space ~
38736 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
38739 \begin_layout Description
38741 \begin_inset space ~
38745 \begin_inset space ~
38748 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
38751 \begin_layout Description
38753 \begin_inset space ~
38756 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
38759 \begin_layout Description
38761 \begin_inset space ~
38765 \begin_inset space ~
38768 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
38769 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
38772 \begin_layout Description
38774 \begin_inset space ~
38778 \begin_inset space ~
38781 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
38785 \begin_layout Description
38787 \begin_inset space ~
38791 \begin_inset space ~
38794 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
38795 ISO-8859-13 encoding
38798 \begin_layout Description
38800 \begin_inset space ~
38804 \begin_inset space ~
38808 \begin_inset space ~
38811 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
38812 \begin_inset space ~
38818 \begin_layout Description
38820 \begin_inset space ~
38824 \begin_inset space ~
38828 \begin_inset space ~
38831 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
38832 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
38835 \begin_layout Description
38837 \begin_inset space ~
38841 \begin_inset space ~
38844 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
38845 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
38846 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
38847 \begin_inset space ~
38851 \begin_inset space ~
38857 \begin_layout Description
38859 \begin_inset space ~
38863 \begin_inset space ~
38866 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
38867 except of the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
38868 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
38869 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
38870 \begin_inset space ~
38874 \begin_inset space ~
38880 \begin_layout Description
38882 \begin_inset space ~
38886 \begin_inset space ~
38889 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
38892 \begin_layout Description
38894 \begin_inset space ~
38898 \begin_inset space ~
38901 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
38904 \begin_layout Description
38906 \begin_inset space ~
38910 \begin_inset space ~
38913 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
38916 \begin_layout Description
38918 \begin_inset space ~
38921 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
38924 \begin_layout Description
38926 \begin_inset space ~
38929 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
38932 \begin_layout Description
38934 \begin_inset space ~
38938 \begin_inset space ~
38941 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
38944 \begin_layout Description
38946 \begin_inset space ~
38950 \begin_inset space ~
38956 \begin_layout Description
38958 \begin_inset space ~
38962 \begin_inset space ~
38965 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
38968 \begin_layout Description
38970 \begin_inset space ~
38974 \begin_inset space ~
38980 \begin_layout Description
38982 \begin_inset space ~
38986 \begin_inset space ~
38989 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
38997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38998 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39003 , when using this, set the document language to
39008 \begin_layout Description
39010 \begin_inset space ~
39014 \begin_inset space ~
39017 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39021 , when using this, set the document language to
39026 \begin_layout Description
39028 \begin_inset space ~
39032 \begin_inset space ~
39035 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39044 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39049 , when using this, set the document language to
39054 \begin_layout Description
39056 \begin_inset space ~
39060 \begin_inset space ~
39063 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39067 , when using this, set the document language to
39072 \begin_layout Description
39074 \begin_inset space ~
39078 \begin_inset space ~
39081 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39085 , when using this, set the document language to
39090 \begin_layout Description
39092 \begin_inset space ~
39095 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39098 \begin_layout Description
39100 \begin_inset space ~
39104 \begin_inset space ~
39108 \begin_inset space ~
39111 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39114 \begin_layout Description
39116 \begin_inset space ~
39120 \begin_inset space ~
39124 \begin_inset space ~
39127 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39128 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39129 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39132 \begin_layout Description
39134 \begin_inset space ~
39138 \begin_inset space ~
39144 \begin_layout Description
39146 \begin_inset space ~
39150 \begin_inset space ~
39153 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39154 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39157 \begin_layout Description
39159 \begin_inset space ~
39163 \begin_inset space ~
39166 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39175 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39180 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39183 \begin_layout Description
39185 \begin_inset space ~
39189 \begin_inset space ~
39192 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39196 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39205 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39206 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39220 \begin_layout Description
39222 \begin_inset space ~
39226 \begin_inset space ~
39229 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39238 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39243 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39246 \begin_layout Description
39248 \begin_inset space ~
39251 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39260 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39266 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39270 \begin_layout Description
39272 \begin_inset space ~
39276 \begin_inset space ~
39280 \begin_inset space ~
39283 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39284 \begin_inset space ~
39290 \begin_layout Description
39292 \begin_inset space ~
39296 \begin_inset space ~
39300 \begin_inset space ~
39303 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39304 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39305 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39309 \begin_layout Description
39311 \begin_inset space ~
39315 \begin_inset space ~
39319 \begin_inset space ~
39322 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39323 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39326 \begin_layout Section
39330 \begin_layout Standard
39331 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39333 \begin_inset space ~
39337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39339 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39346 \begin_layout Section
39350 \begin_layout Standard
39351 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39360 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39374 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39380 For a further description see section
39381 \begin_inset space ~
39385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39387 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39394 \begin_layout Section
39398 \begin_layout Standard
39399 The PDF properties are explained in section
39400 \begin_inset space ~
39404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39406 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39413 \begin_layout Section
39417 \begin_layout Standard
39418 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39427 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39441 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39446 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39449 \begin_layout Standard
39454 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39455 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39458 \begin_layout Standard
39463 is used for special integral characters.
39466 \begin_layout Section
39470 \begin_layout Standard
39471 The float placement options are described in section
39472 \begin_inset space ~
39476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39478 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39485 \begin_layout Section
39489 \begin_layout Standard
39490 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39491 The itemize environment is described in section
39492 \begin_inset space ~
39496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39498 reference "sec:Itemize"
39505 \begin_layout Section
39509 \begin_layout Standard
39510 Branches are described in section
39511 \begin_inset space ~
39515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39517 reference "sec:Branches"
39524 \begin_layout Section
39529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39539 \begin_layout Standard
39540 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39541 to define LaTeX-commands.
39542 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39543 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39547 \begin_layout Standard
39548 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39549 \begin_inset space ~
39553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39555 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39562 \begin_layout Chapter
39568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39570 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39587 \begin_layout Standard
39588 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39590 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39594 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39597 \begin_layout Section
39601 \begin_layout Subsection
39605 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39606 User Interface File
39610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39611 Customization ! of toolbars
39620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39621 Customization ! of menus
39629 \begin_layout Standard
39630 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39638 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39647 \begin_layout Standard
39648 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39649 interface (ui) file.
39650 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39651 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39660 Both files are loaded by the
39665 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39666 files and edit the entries.
39669 \begin_layout Standard
39670 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39682 entries must be ended with an explicit
39707 and in the case of the
39708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39720 The syntax for the entries is:
39723 \begin_layout Standard
39724 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39752 \begin_layout Standard
39754 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39757 All LyX-functions are listed in
39758 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39767 \begin_layout Standard
39768 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39774 \begin_layout Standard
39775 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39777 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39780 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39784 \begin_layout Standard
39785 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39790 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39793 \begin_layout Standard
39795 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39798 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39801 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39805 \begin_layout Standard
39808 Enable tool tips in main work area
39810 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
39814 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39818 \begin_layout Standard
39822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39826 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39829 restoring of window layout and geometries
39831 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
39832 in the last LyX session.
39835 \begin_layout Standard
39838 Restore cursor positions
39840 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39844 \begin_layout Standard
39847 Load opened files from last session
39849 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39856 name "sub:Backup documents"
39864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39873 \begin_layout Standard
39878 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39881 \begin_layout Standard
39886 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39889 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39891 \begin_inset space ~
39899 \begin_layout Standard
39902 Open documents in tabs
39904 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
39908 \begin_layout Subsection
39913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39920 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39922 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39929 \begin_layout Standard
39930 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39933 \begin_layout Standard
39934 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39942 This section only deals with the fonts
39947 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39950 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39951 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39962 \begin_layout Standard
39963 By default, LyX uses
39967 as roman (serif) font,
39975 (depends on the system) as
39978 \begin_inset space ~
39994 \begin_layout Standard
39995 You can change the font size with the
40000 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40001 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40004 \begin_layout Standard
40009 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40010 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40015 points have the size of 1
40016 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40020 \begin_inset space ~
40024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40026 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40033 \begin_layout Standard
40038 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40039 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40043 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40044 \begin_inset space ~
40048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40050 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40057 \begin_layout Standard
40060 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40062 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40063 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40064 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40065 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40067 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40068 \begin_inset space ~
40074 \begin_layout Subsection
40079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40098 \begin_layout Standard
40099 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40100 Choose an item in the list and use the
40107 \begin_layout Subsection
40112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40113 Settings ! Graphics
40121 \begin_layout Standard
40122 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40125 \begin_layout Standard
40130 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40131 This feature is described in section
40132 \begin_inset space ~
40136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40138 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40145 \begin_layout Section
40150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40159 \begin_layout Subsection
40163 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40167 \begin_layout Standard
40170 Cursor follows scrollbar
40172 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40176 \begin_layout Standard
40179 Sort environments alphabetically
40181 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40184 \begin_layout Standard
40187 Group environments by their category
40189 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40192 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40196 \begin_layout Standard
40197 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40202 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40203 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40207 \begin_layout Subsection
40212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40223 Settings ! Shortcuts
40231 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40235 \begin_layout Standard
40236 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40237 Several binding files are available:
40240 \begin_layout Description
40241 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40244 \begin_layout Description
40245 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40256 \begin_layout Description
40257 mac.bind set of bindings for
40260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40268 \begin_layout Standard
40269 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40273 , and bind files for special languages.
40274 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40279 \begin_inset space \space{}
40283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40291 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40295 \begin_layout Standard
40296 Some bind-files, like
40300 , have only a small scope.
40301 When looking at the the end of the file
40305 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40312 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40321 Key Bindings ! Editing
40329 \begin_layout Standard
40330 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40331 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40332 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40335 Show key-bindings containing
40338 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40339 Insert there for example as keyword
40340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40347 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40357 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40358 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40362 that you find in the
40369 \begin_layout Standard
40371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40375 \begin_inset space \space{}
40386 , select the function and press the
40391 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40392 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40393 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40394 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40395 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40397 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40399 The binding for the function
40403 is an example for this.
40406 \begin_layout Standard
40407 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40409 The syntax of the entries is:
40412 \begin_layout Standard
40418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40436 \begin_layout Subsection
40438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40448 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40467 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40475 \begin_layout Standard
40476 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40477 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40479 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40483 \begin_inset space \space{}
40486 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40487 can use the keyboard map file named
40494 \begin_layout Standard
40495 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40503 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40511 \begin_layout Standard
40512 Besides this, you can specify here the
40514 Wheel scrolling speed
40517 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40521 \begin_layout Subsection
40523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40525 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
40533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40542 \begin_layout Standard
40543 Input completion is described in sec.
40544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40550 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
40555 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
40557 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
40558 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
40562 \begin_layout Section
40567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40586 \begin_layout Description
40588 \begin_inset space ~
40591 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40592 It is the default when you
40603 \begin_inset space ~
40611 \begin_layout Description
40613 \begin_inset space ~
40616 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40618 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40620 \begin_inset space ~
40624 \begin_inset space ~
40632 \begin_layout Description
40634 \begin_inset space ~
40637 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
40643 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40647 \begin_inset Newline newline
40651 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40663 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
40671 \begin_layout Description
40673 \begin_inset space ~
40680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40686 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40687 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40688 \begin_inset space ~
40692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40694 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40702 will be used to save the backups.
40703 \begin_inset Newline newline
40706 The backup files have the ending
40707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40717 \begin_layout Description
40722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40729 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40730 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40731 \begin_inset Newline newline
40735 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40743 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40751 \begin_layout Description
40753 \begin_inset space ~
40756 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40759 \begin_layout Description
40761 \begin_inset space ~
40764 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40765 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40766 to find it on the system.
40767 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40768 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40770 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40774 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40777 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40778 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40782 \begin_layout Section
40786 \begin_layout Standard
40787 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40788 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40790 \begin_inset space ~
40794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40796 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40800 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40803 \begin_layout Section
40808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40809 Language ! Settings
40818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40819 Settings ! Language
40827 \begin_layout Subsection
40831 \begin_layout Description
40833 \begin_inset space ~
40837 \begin_inset space ~
40840 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
40841 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
40842 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
40843 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
40844 You find the actual translation status here:
40845 \begin_inset CommandInset href
40847 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
40848 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
40855 \begin_layout Description
40857 \begin_inset space ~
40860 language is the language used in new documents
40863 \begin_layout Description
40865 \begin_inset space ~
40868 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40870 The default is the LaTeX-command
40876 that loads the package
40884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40885 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40886 \begin_inset space ~
40890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40892 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40902 \begin_inset Newline newline
40909 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40910 the document language.
40911 A text label is for instance the word
40912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40919 at the beginning of every table caption.
40922 \begin_layout Description
40924 \begin_inset space ~
40927 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40928 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40929 An example is the start command
40935 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40940 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40955 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40960 \begin_layout Description
40962 \begin_inset space ~
40970 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40971 command toggles the package on and off.
40974 \begin_layout Description
40976 \begin_inset space ~
40986 \begin_layout Description
40987 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40988 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40989 used by all LaTeX-packages.
40990 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40997 \begin_layout Description
40999 \begin_inset space ~
41002 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41004 When this option is not set, the
41007 \begin_inset space ~
41012 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41013 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41016 \begin_inset space ~
41024 \begin_layout Description
41026 \begin_inset space ~
41032 \begin_inset space ~
41038 When it is not set, the
41041 \begin_inset space ~
41046 is set to the end of the document.
41049 \begin_layout Description
41051 \begin_inset space ~
41055 \begin_inset space ~
41058 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41059 language will be underlined blue.
41062 \begin_layout Description
41064 \begin_inset space ~
41068 \begin_inset space ~
41071 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41072 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41075 \begin_layout Description
41077 \begin_inset space ~
41080 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41081 moves the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41082 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41083 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41086 \begin_layout Subsection
41090 \begin_layout Standard
41091 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41092 \begin_inset space ~
41096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41098 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41105 \begin_layout Section
41109 \begin_layout Subsection
41111 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41140 \begin_layout Description
41142 \begin_inset space ~
41145 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41146 The name will be used when the
41151 \begin_inset Newline newline
41155 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41163 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41172 \begin_layout Description
41174 \begin_inset space ~
41178 \begin_inset space ~
41182 \begin_inset space ~
41185 printer This option works only for the
41190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41202 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41203 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41206 \begin_layout Description
41208 \begin_inset space ~
41211 command is the command LyX
41212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41216 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41219 LaTeX uses for printing.
41220 The default is on most systems
41227 \begin_layout Description
41229 \begin_inset space ~
41233 \begin_inset space ~
41236 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41237 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41238 of the program that provides the
41245 \begin_layout Subsection
41250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41261 Settings ! Date format
41269 \begin_layout Standard
41270 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41271 \begin_inset Newline newline
41275 \begin_inset Flex URL
41278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41280 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41286 \begin_inset Newline newline
41289 For example the format
41290 \begin_inset Newline newline
41294 \begin_inset Newline newline
41297 prints the date as day/month/year.
41300 \begin_layout Subsection
41304 \begin_layout Description
41306 \begin_inset space ~
41310 \begin_inset space ~
41313 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41316 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41317 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41319 \begin_inset space ~
41325 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41329 \begin_layout Description
41331 \begin_inset space ~
41334 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41339 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41340 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41343 \begin_layout Subsection
41348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41358 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41375 \begin_layout Description
41380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41388 \begin_inset space ~
41391 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41396 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41418 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41431 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41432 LyX sets up in the background.
41433 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41436 \begin_layout Description
41438 \begin_inset space ~
41442 \begin_inset space ~
41445 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41450 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41453 \begin_layout Standard
41454 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41455 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41456 manuals of the applications.
41457 Currently the following commands can be set:
41460 \begin_layout Description
41465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41473 \begin_inset space ~
41476 command Command for the program
41480 that is described in section
41486 Additional Features
41491 \begin_layout Description
41496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41504 \begin_inset space ~
41507 command Command for the program
41511 that generates the bibliography, see section
41512 \begin_inset space ~
41516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41518 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41525 \begin_layout Description
41527 \begin_inset space ~
41530 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41531 \begin_inset space ~
41535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41537 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41544 \begin_layout Description
41546 \begin_inset space ~
41549 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
41550 \begin_inset space ~
41554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41556 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
41563 \begin_layout Description
41565 \begin_inset space ~
41569 \begin_inset space ~
41573 \begin_inset space ~
41577 \begin_inset space ~
41580 options They only have an effect when the program
41584 is used as DVI-viewer.
41587 \begin_layout Description
41588 There are additionally the following options:
41591 \begin_layout Description
41593 \begin_inset space ~
41597 \begin_inset space ~
41601 \begin_inset space ~
41605 \begin_inset space ~
41609 \begin_inset space ~
41612 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
41613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41630 to separate folders.
41631 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
41635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41654 \begin_layout Description
41656 \begin_inset space ~
41660 \begin_inset space ~
41664 \begin_inset space ~
41668 \begin_inset space ~
41672 \begin_inset space ~
41676 \begin_inset space ~
41679 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41681 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41684 dialog when changing the document class.
41687 \begin_layout Section
41689 \begin_inset space ~
41696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41705 \begin_layout Subsection
41710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41719 \begin_layout Standard
41720 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41721 from one format to another.
41722 You can modify them or create new ones.
41723 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41730 \begin_inset space ~
41740 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41744 \begin_inset space ~
41749 drop-down list, modify the
41753 field, and press the
41760 \begin_layout Standard
41763 Converter File Cache
41765 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41768 Maximum Age (in days
41771 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41772 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41775 \begin_layout Standard
41776 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41777 the converter definition, is described in section
41788 \begin_layout Subsection
41790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41792 name "sec:File-Formats"
41800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41819 \begin_layout Standard
41820 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41821 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41825 \begin_layout Standard
41826 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41827 is described in section
41838 \begin_layout Standard
41839 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41840 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41841 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41842 This is done by specifying a
41847 More about this is described in section
41858 \begin_layout Chapter
41859 Units available in LyX
41863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41870 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41872 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41879 \begin_layout Standard
41880 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41883 reference "cap:Units"
41887 explains all units available in LyX.
41890 \begin_layout Standard
41891 \begin_inset Float table
41897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41898 \begin_inset Caption
41900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41901 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41916 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41924 \begin_inset Tabular
41925 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41927 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41928 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42024 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42079 scaled point (65536
42080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42084 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42112 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42140 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42195 % of original image width
42202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42384 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42388 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42409 \begin_layout Chapter
42411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42420 \begin_layout Standard
42421 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42422 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42425 \begin_layout Itemize
42428 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42431 \begin_layout Itemize
42437 \begin_layout Itemize
42443 \begin_layout Itemize
42449 \begin_layout Itemize
42455 \begin_layout Itemize
42461 \begin_layout Itemize
42467 \begin_layout Itemize
42473 \begin_layout Itemize
42476 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42479 \begin_layout Itemize
42485 \begin_layout Itemize
42491 \begin_layout Itemize
42497 \begin_layout Itemize
42503 \begin_layout Itemize
42509 \begin_layout Itemize
42515 \begin_layout Itemize
42521 \begin_layout Itemize
42527 \begin_layout Itemize
42529 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42538 \begin_layout Standard
42539 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42542 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42549 \begin_layout Bibliography
42550 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42551 LatexCommand bibitem
42558 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42561 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42566 \begin_inset Newline newline
42570 \begin_inset Flex URL
42573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42575 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42583 \begin_layout Bibliography
42584 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42585 LatexCommand bibitem
42586 key "latexcompanion"
42590 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42592 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42595 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42598 \begin_layout Bibliography
42599 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42600 LatexCommand bibitem
42605 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42608 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42611 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42614 \begin_layout Bibliography
42615 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42616 LatexCommand bibitem
42623 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42626 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42629 \begin_layout Bibliography
42630 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42631 LatexCommand bibitem
42643 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42646 \begin_layout Bibliography
42647 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42648 LatexCommand bibitem
42654 \begin_inset Newline newline
42658 \begin_inset Flex URL
42661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42663 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42671 \begin_layout Bibliography
42672 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42673 LatexCommand bibitem
42679 \begin_inset Newline newline
42683 \begin_inset Flex URL
42686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42688 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42696 \begin_layout Bibliography
42697 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42698 LatexCommand bibitem
42704 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42706 name "Documentation"
42707 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42716 \begin_inset Newline newline
42720 \begin_inset Flex URL
42723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42725 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
42733 \begin_layout Bibliography
42734 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42735 LatexCommand bibitem
42741 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42743 name "Documentation"
42744 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42753 \begin_inset Newline newline
42757 \begin_inset Flex URL
42760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42762 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42770 \begin_layout Bibliography
42771 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42772 LatexCommand bibitem
42778 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42780 name "Documentation"
42781 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42790 \begin_inset Newline newline
42794 \begin_inset Flex URL
42797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42799 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42807 \begin_layout Bibliography
42808 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42809 LatexCommand bibitem
42815 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42817 name "Documentation"
42818 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42822 of the LaTeX-package
42830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42831 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42837 \begin_inset Newline newline
42841 \begin_inset Flex URL
42844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42846 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42854 \begin_layout Bibliography
42855 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42856 LatexCommand bibitem
42862 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42864 name "Documentation"
42865 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42869 of the LaTeX-package
42877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42878 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42884 \begin_inset Newline newline
42888 \begin_inset Flex URL
42891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42893 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42901 \begin_layout Bibliography
42902 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42903 LatexCommand bibitem
42911 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42913 name "Documentation"
42914 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
42920 of the LaTeX-package
42928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42929 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
42935 \begin_inset Newline newline
42939 \begin_inset Flex URL
42942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42944 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
42952 \begin_layout Bibliography
42953 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42954 LatexCommand bibitem
42960 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42962 name "Documentation"
42963 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42967 of the LaTeX-package
42975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42976 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42982 \begin_inset Newline newline
42986 \begin_inset Flex URL
42989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42991 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42999 \begin_layout Bibliography
43000 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43001 LatexCommand bibitem
43007 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43009 name "Documentation"
43010 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43014 of the LaTeX-package
43022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43023 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43029 \begin_inset Newline newline
43033 \begin_inset Flex URL
43036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43038 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43046 \begin_layout Bibliography
43047 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43048 LatexCommand bibitem
43054 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43056 name "Documentation"
43057 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43061 of the LaTeX-package
43069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43070 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43076 \begin_inset Newline newline
43080 \begin_inset Flex URL
43083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43085 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43093 \begin_layout Bibliography
43094 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43095 LatexCommand bibitem
43101 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43104 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43108 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43109 \begin_inset Newline newline
43113 \begin_inset Flex URL
43116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43118 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43126 \begin_layout Bibliography
43127 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43128 LatexCommand bibitem
43134 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43137 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43141 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43142 \begin_inset Newline newline
43146 \begin_inset Flex URL
43149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43151 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43159 \begin_layout Bibliography
43160 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43161 LatexCommand bibitem
43167 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43170 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43174 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43175 \begin_inset Newline newline
43179 \begin_inset Flex URL
43182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43184 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43192 \begin_layout Bibliography
43193 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43194 LatexCommand bibitem
43200 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43203 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43207 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43208 \begin_inset Newline newline
43212 \begin_inset Flex URL
43215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43217 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43225 \begin_layout Bibliography
43226 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43227 LatexCommand bibitem
43233 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43236 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43240 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43241 \begin_inset Newline newline
43245 \begin_inset Flex URL
43248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43250 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43258 \begin_layout Bibliography
43259 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43260 LatexCommand bibitem
43266 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43269 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43273 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43274 \begin_inset Newline newline
43278 \begin_inset Flex URL
43281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43283 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43291 \begin_layout Bibliography
43292 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43293 LatexCommand bibitem
43299 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43302 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43306 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43307 \begin_inset Newline newline
43311 \begin_inset Flex URL
43314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43316 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43324 \begin_layout Bibliography
43325 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43326 LatexCommand bibitem
43332 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43335 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43339 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43340 \begin_inset Newline newline
43344 \begin_inset Flex URL
43347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43349 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43357 \begin_layout Bibliography
43358 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43359 LatexCommand bibitem
43365 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43368 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43372 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43373 \begin_inset Newline newline
43377 \begin_inset Flex URL
43380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43382 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43390 \begin_layout Bibliography
43391 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43392 LatexCommand bibitem
43398 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43401 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43405 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43406 \begin_inset Newline newline
43410 \begin_inset Flex URL
43413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43415 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43423 \begin_layout Bibliography
43424 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43425 LatexCommand bibitem
43431 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43434 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43438 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43439 \begin_inset Newline newline
43443 \begin_inset Flex URL
43446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43448 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43456 \begin_layout Bibliography
43457 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43458 LatexCommand bibitem
43464 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43467 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43471 about new features in
43476 \begin_inset Newline newline
43480 \begin_inset Flex URL
43483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43485 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43493 \begin_layout Standard
43494 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43528 \begin_inset Note Note
43531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43538 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43539 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43540 bibliography is the second one:
43548 \begin_layout Standard
43549 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43550 LatexCommand bibtex
43551 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43552 options "biblio/alphadin"
43559 \begin_layout Standard
43560 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43563 \begin_layout Standard
43566 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43567 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43572 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43573 LatexCommand printindex